SRI MANAKULA VINAYAGAR ENGINEERING COLLEGE (An Autonomous Institution) B.TECH. FASHION TECHNOLOGY ACADEMIC REGULATIONS 2020 (R-2020) CURRICULUM AND SYLLABI PDF Free Download
1 / 190/190
100%
SRI MANAKULA VINAYAGAR
ENGINEERING COLLEGE
(An Autonomous Institution)
Puducherry
B.TECH.
FASHION TECHNOLOGY
ACADEMIC REGULATIONS 2020
(R-2020)
CURRICULUM AND SYLLABI
2
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
COLLEGE VISION AND MISSION
VISION
To be globally recognized for excellence in quality education, innovation and research for the
transformation of lives to serve the society.
MISSION
M1: Quality Education
:
To provide comprehensive academic system that amalgamates
the cutting edge technologies with best practices.
M2: Research and Innovation
:
To foster value-based research and innovation in collaboration
with industries and institutions globally for creating intellectuals
with new avenues.
M3: Employability and
Entrepreneurship
:
To inculcate the employability and entrepreneurial skills through
value and skill based training.
M4: Ethical Values
:
To instill deep sense of human values by blending societal
righteousness with academic professionalism for the growth
of society.
DEPARTMENT VISION AND MISSION
Vision
To be the premier institution for the graduates to excel in technical and professional competencies
with a multi-faceted approach by raising the standard to be a trend-setter and job-provider in the ever-growing
Fashion Industry across the globe.
Mission
M1: Quality of Education
:
To educate students with high-impact experiential learning
environment through relevant curriculum
M2: Research and Innovation
:
To inculcate research oriented curriculum in order to equip them to
appraise the real-world problems and formulate feasible solutions.
M3: Industrial and Societal needs
:
To guide them in design forecasting by learning the dynamic trend
In fashion industry and changes in customer preferences.
M4: Global Participants
:
To impart hands-on training to students with state of the art
infrastructure and to provide conducive atmosphere for teaching
and learning
M5: Employability
:
To prepare and equip the graduates according to the latest
Fashion Trends.
3
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
PO1: Engineering knowledge:
Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering fundamentals, and an engineering
specialization to the solution of complex engineering problems.
PO2: Problem analysis:
Identify, formulate, research literature, and analyze complex engineering problems reaching
substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering
sciences.
PO3: Design/development of solutions:
Design solutions for complex engineering problems and design system components or processes that
meet the specified needs with appropriate consideration for the public health and safety, and the
cultural, societal, and environmental considerations.
PO4: Conduct investigations of complex problems:
Use research-based knowledge and research methods including design of experiments, analysis and
interpretation of data and synthesis of the information to provide valid conclusions.
PO5: Modern tool usage:
Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and modern engineering and IT tools
including prediction and modeling to complex engineering activities with an understanding of the
limitations.
PO6: The engineer and society:
Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to assess societal, health, safety, legal and
cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to the professional engineering practice.
PO7: Environment and sustainability:
Understand the impact of the professional engineering solutions in societal and environmental contexts,
and demonstrate the knowledge of and need for sustainable development.
PO8: Ethics:
Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and norms of the
engineering practice.
PO9: Individual and team work:
Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in diverse teams, and in
multidisciplinary settings.
PO10: Communication:
Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the engineering community and with
society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and write effective reports and design
documentation, make effective presentations, and give and receive clear instructions.
PO11: Project management and finance:
Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the engineering and management principles and apply
these to one’s own work, as a member and leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary
environments.
PO12: Life-long learning:
Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to engage in independent and life-long
learning in the broadest context of technological change.
4
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
PEO1: To provide the students with strong fundamental technical knowledge for developing core competency
in garment design and manufacturing, to cater the manpower requirement of apparel and fashion
industry.
PEO2: To enrich professional, leadership and team building skills among the students, by enhancing the
social responsibility for shaping them as professionals and entrepreneurs in the discipline of fashion
technology.
PEO3: To stimulate student’s capabilities to create new concepts, designs and processes towards developing
products and services with societal impact.
PEO4: To uphold and improve the students technical and managerial competencies through advanced
degree program in the fields of design, technology and management.
PROGRAM SPECIFIC OUTCOME (PSOs)
PSO 1: Demonstrate industry-readiness through competent planning and execution of garment manufacturing
requirements while meeting/exceeding established standards of productivity, quality assurance and
cost.
PSO 2: Design and develop innovative fashion/apparel products and apply appropriate construction and
embellishment skills to produce good fit and customer delight.
PSO 3: Apply relevant garment/ fashion management principles effectively in apparel production and
promotional commitments to arrive at stated outcomes and also engage in lifelong learning and
pursue research.
5
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
STRUCTURE FOR UNDERGRADUATE ENGINEERING PROGRAM
Sl.No
Course Category
Breakdown
of Credits
1
Humanities and Social Science (HS)
07
2
Basic Sciences(BS)
10
3
Engineering Sciences (ES)
15
4
Professional Core (PC)
93
5
Professional Electives (PE)
18
6
Open Electives (OE)
09
7
Project Work and Internship (PW)
12
8
Employability Enhancement
Courses (EEC)
-
9
Mandatory courses (MC)
-
Total
164
SCHEME OF CREDIT DISTRIBUTION – SUMMARY
Sl.No
AICTE
Suggested Course Category
Credits per Semester
Total
Credits
I
II
III
IV
V
VI
VII
VIII
1
Humanities and Social Science (HS)
-
-
-
1
4
-
1
1
07
2
Basic Sciences(BS)
3
3
4
-
-
-
-
-
10
3
Engineering Sciences (ES)
8
7
-
-
-
-
-
-
15
4
Professional Core (PC)
7
11
18
15
15
15
9
3
93
5
Professional Electives (PE)
-
-
-
3
3
3
3
6
18
6
Open Electives (OE)
-
-
-
3
-
3
3
-
09
7
Project Work (PW)
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
8
10
8
Internship (PW)
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
02
9
Employability Enhancement
Courses (EEC*)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
10
Mandatory courses (MC*)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Total
18
21
22
22
22
21
20
18
164
* EEC and MC credits are not included for CGPA calculation
6
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
CURRICULUM
SEMESTER – I
Sl.
No.
Course
Code
Course Title
Category
Periods
Credits
Max. Marks
L
T
P
CAM
ESM
Total
Theory
1
U20BST101
Engineering Mathematics – I
Calculus and Linear Algebra
BS
2
2
0
3
25
75
100
2
U20EST110
Programming in Python
ES
3
0
0
3
25
75
100
3
U20EST117
Basic Electrical and
Electronics Engineering
ES
3
0
0
3
25
75
100
4
U20FTT101
Basics of Apparel
Technology
PC
3
0
0
3
25
75
100
5
U20FTT102
Textile Fibre Science
PC
3
0
0
3
25
75
100
Practical
6
U20ESP111
Programming in Python
Laboratory
ES
0
0
2
1
50
50
100
7
U20ESP118
Basic Electrical and
Electronics Engineering Lab
ES
0
0
2
1
50
50
100
8
U20FTP101
Fibre Analytical Lab
PC
0
0
2
1
50
50
100
Employability Enhancement Course
9
U20FTC1XX
Certification Course - I
EEC
0
0
4
-
100
-
100
Mandatory Course
10
U20FTM101
Induction Program
MC
3 Weeks
-
-
-
-
Total
18
375
525
900
SEMESTER – II
Sl.
No.
Course
Code
Course Title
Category
Periods
Credits
Max. Marks
L
T
P
CAM
ESM
Total
Theory
1
U20BST219
Basics Textile Chemistry
BS
3
0
0
3
25
75
100
2
U20EST253
Applied Mechanics for Textile
Technologists
ES
3
0
0
3
25
75
100
3
U20EST254
Basic Engineering Graphics
for Textile Designing
ES
3
0
0
3
25
75
100
4
U20FTT203
Basics of Yarn and Fabric
Manufacturing
PC
3
0
0
3
25
75
100
5
U20FTT204
Concepts of Fashion and
Design
PC
3
0
0
3
25
75
100
6
U20FTT205
Fabric Surface Design
PC
3
0
0
3
25
75
100
Practical
7
U20ESP255
Basic Engineering Graphics
for Textile Designing Lab
ES
0
0
2
1
50
50
100
8
U20FTP202
Textile manufacturing Lab
PC
0
0
2
1
50
50
100
9
U20FTP203
Fashion And Design Concept
Lab
PC
0
0
2
1
50
50
100
Employability Enhancement Course
10
U20FTC2XX
Certification Course - II
EEC
0
0
4
-
100
-
100
11
U20FTS201
Skill Development Course 1*
EEC
0
0
2
-
100
-
100
Mandatory Course
12
U20FTM202
Environmental Science
MC
2
0
0
-
100
-
100
Total
21
600
600
1200
* Skill Development Courses (1, 2 and 3) are to be selected from the list given in Annexure IV
7
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
SEMESTER – III
Sl.
No.
Course
Code
Course Title
Category
Periods
Credits
Max. Marks
L
T
P
CAM
ESM
Total
Theory
1
U20BST327
Operations Research and
Statistical Methods
BS
2
2
0
3
25
75
100
2
U20FTT306
Fashion Illustration
PC
3
0
0
3
25
75
100
3
U20FTT307
Pattern Engineering -I
PC
3
0
0
3
25
75
100
4
U20FTT308
Fabric Structure and Design
PC
3
0
0
3
25
75
100
5
U20FTT309
Yarns and Fabrics for
Fashion
PC
3
0
0
3
25
75
100
6
U20FTT310
Knitting Technology
PC
3
0
0
3
25
75
100
Practical
7
U20BSP326
Statistical Laboratory
BS
0
0
2
1
50
50
100
8
U20FTP304
Fashion Illustration Lab
PC
0
0
2
1
50
50
100
9
U20FTP305
Pattern Engineering -I Lab
PC
0
0
2
1
50
50
100
10
U20FTP306
Fabric Structure and Design
Graphics lab
PC
0
0
2
1
50
50
100
Employability Enhancement Course
11
U20FTC3XX
Certification Course - III
EEC
0
0
4
-
100
-
100
12
U20FTS302
Skill Development Course 2*
EEC
0
0
2
-
100
-
100
Mandatory Course
13
U20FTM303
Physical Education
MC
0
0
2
-
100
-
100
Total
22
650
650
1300
SEMESTER – IV
Sl.
No
Course
Code
Course Title
Category
Periods
Credits
Max. Marks
L
T
P
CAM
ESM
Total
Theory
1
U20FTT411
Pattern Engineering -II
PC
3
0
0
3
25
75
100
2
U20FTT412
Textile Chemical Processing
PC
3
0
0
3
25
75
100
3
U20FTT413
Apparel machinery and
Equipment
PC
3
0
0
3
25
75
100
4
U20FTT414
Garment Construction - I
PC
3
0
0
3
25
75
100
5
U20FTE4XX
Professional Elective - I
PE
3
0
0
3
25
75
100
6
U20XXO4XX
Open Elective-I
OE
3
0
0
3
25
75
100
Practical
7
U20HSP401
General Proficiency - I
HS
-
-
2
1
50
50
100
8
U20FTP407
Pattern Engineering -II Lab
PC
0
0
2
1
50
50
100
9
U20FTP408
Textile Chemical Processing
LAB
PC
0
0
2
1
50
50
100
10
U20FTP409
Garment Construction - I
Lab
PC
0
0
2
1
50
50
100
Employability Enhancement Course
11
U20FTC4XX
Certification Course - IV
EEC
-
-
4
-
100
-
100
12
U20FTS403
Skill Development Course 3*
EEC
0
0
2
-
100
-
100
Mandatory Course
13
U20FTM404
NSS
MC
0
0
2
-
100
-
100
Total
22
650
650
1300
* Skill Development Courses ( 1, 2 and 3) are to be selected from the list given in Annexure IV
8
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
SEMESTER – V
Sl.
No.
Course
Code
Course Title
Category
Periods
Credits
Max. Marks
L
T
P
CAM
ESM
Total
Theory
1
U20FTT515
Garment Construction - II
PC
3
0
0
3
25
75
100
2
U20FTT516
Textile Testing and Apparel Quality
Evaluation
PC
3
0
0
3
25
75
100
3
U20FTT517
Fashion Forecasting and
Accessories
PC
3
0
0
3
25
75
100
4
U20FTT518
Apparel Merchendising and Cost
Management
PC
3
0
0
3
25
75
100
5
U20FTE5XX
Professional Elective - II
PE
3
1
0
3
25
75
100
6
U20XXO5XX
Open Elective-II
OE
3
0
0
3
25
75
100
Practical
7
U20HSP502
General Proficiency -II
HS
-
-
2
1
50
50
100
8
U20FTP510
Garment Construction - II Lab
PC
0
0
2
1
50
50
100
9
U20FTP511
Fashion Forecasting and
Accessories LAB
PC
0
0
2
1
50
50
100
10
U20FTP512
Testing of Textile and Apparels Lab
PC
0
0
2
1
50
50
100
Employability Enhancement Course
11
U20FTC5XX
Certification Course - V
EEC
0
0
4
-
100
-
100
12
U20FTS504
Skill Development Course 4:
Foreign Language/ IELTS - I
EEC
0
0
2
-
100
-
100
13
U20FTS505
Skill Development Course 5:
Presentation Skill using ICT
EEC
0
0
2
-
100
-
100
Mandatory Course
14
U20FTM505
Indian Constitution
MC
2
0
0
-
100
-
100
Total
22
750
650
1400
SEMESTER – VI
Sl.
No
Course
Code
Course Title
Category
Periods
Credits
Max. Marks
L
T
P
CAM
ESM
Total
Theory
1
U20FTT619
Garment Project Planning
PC
3
0
0
3
25
75
100
2
U20FTT620
CAD – CAM For Apparels
PC
3
0
0
3
25
75
100
3
U20FTT621
Apparel Design Development and
Size Fit analysis
PC
3
0
0
3
25
75
100
4
U20FTT622
Environment Engineering and
Sustainability
PC
3
0
0
3
25
75
100
5
U20FTE6XX
Professional Elective - III
PE
3
0
0
3
25
75
100
6
U20XXO6XX
Open Elective-III
OE
3
0
0
3
25
75
100
Practical
7
U20FTP613
Garment Project Planning Lab
PC
0
0
2
1
50
50
100
8
U20FTP614
CAD – CAM For Apparels Lab
PC
0
0
2
1
50
50
100
9
U20FTP615
Apparel Design Development and
Size Fit analysis Lab
PC
0
0
2
1
50
50
100
Employability Enhancement Course
10
U20FTC6XX
Certification Course - VI
EEC
0
0
4
-
100
-
100
11
U20FTS606
Skill Development Course 6:
Foreign Language / IELTS - II
EEC
0
0
2
-
100
-
100
12
U20FTS607
Skill Development Course 7:
Technical Seminar
EEC
0
0
2
-
100
-
100
13
U20FTS608
Skill Development Course 8:
NPTEL / MOOC - I
EEC
0
0
0
-
100
-
100
Mandatory Course
14
U20FTM606
Essence of Indian Traditional
Knowledge
MC
2
0
0
-
100
-
100
Total
21
800
600
1400
9
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
SEMESTER – VII
Sl.
No
Course
Code
Course Title
Category
Periods
Credits
Max. Marks
L
T
P
CAM
ESM
Total
Theory
1
U20FTT723
Apparel Production And
Planning And Control
PC
3
0
0
3
25
75
100
2
U20FTT724
Brand Management and
Visual Merchandising
PC
3
0
0
3
25
75
100
3
U20FTE7XX
Professional Elective - IV
PE
3
0
0
3
25
75
100
4
U20XXO7XX
Open Elective-IV
OE
3
0
0
3
25
75
100
Practical
5
U20HSP703
Business Basics for
Entrepreneur
HS
0
0
2
1
100
-
100
6
U20FTP716
Apparel Production And
Planning And Control Lab
PC
0
0
2
1
50
50
100
7
U20FTP717
Brand Management and
Visual Merchandising LAB
PC
0
0
2
1
50
50
100
8
U20FTP718
Apparel Finishing and Care
Lab
PC
0
0
2
1
50
50
100
Project Work
9
U20FTW701
Project Phase – I
PW
0
0
4
2
50
50
100
10
U20FTW702
Internship / Inplant Training
PW
-
-
-
2
100
-
100
Mandatory Course
11
U20FTM707
Professional Ethics
MC
2
0
0
-
100
-
100
Total
20
600
500
1100
SEMESTER – VIII
Sl.
No.
Course
Code
Course Title
Category
Periods
Credits
Max. Marks
L
T
P
CAM
ESM
Total
Theory
1
U20FTT825
Apparel Exports
Management
PC
3
0
0
3
25
75
100
2
U20FTE8XX
Professional Elective - V
PE
3
0
0
3
25
75
100
3
U20FTE8XX
Professional Elective - VI
PE
3
0
0
3
25
75
100
Practical
4
U20HSP804
Entrepreneurship
Management
HS
0
0
2
1
100
-
100
5
U20FTW803
Project phase – II
PW
0
0
16
8
40
60
100
Employability Enhancement Course
6
U20FTS809
Skill Development Course 9:
NPTEL / MOOC-II
MC
0
0
0
-
100
-
100
Total
18
315
285
600
10
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
Annexure – I
PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE COURSES
Professional Elective – I (Offered in Semester IV)
Sl. No.
Course Code
Course Title
1
U20FTE401
High Fashion Sewing Techniques
2
U20FTE402
Draping Techniques
3
U20FTE403
Intimate Apparel
4
U20FTE404
Fashion Portfolio
5
U20FTE405
High Fashion Designing
Professional Elective – II (Offered in Semester V)
Sl. No.
Course Code
Course Title
1
U20FTE506
Technical Textiles
2
U20FTE507
ERP And MIS in Apparel Industry
3
U20FTE508
Advances in Garment Production
4
U20FTE509
Apparel Work Study
5
U20FTE510
Leather Technology
Professional Elective – III (Offered in Semester VI)
Sl. No.
Course Code
Course Title
1
U20FTE611
Apparel Product Engineering
2
U20FTE612
Advances in garment finishing
3
U20FTE613
Fundamentals of Nanoscience
4
U20FTE614
Denim Garment Manufacturing Technology
5
U20FTE615
Home Textiles in Fashion
Professional Elective – IV (Offered in Semester VII)
Sl. No.
Course Code
Course Title
1
U20FTE716
Apparel Merchandising and Cost Management
2
U20FTE717
Computer Applications in the Garment Industry
3
U20FTE718
Clothing Comfort
4
U20FTE719
Fabric Souring and Sampling
5
U20FTE720
Total Quality Management in Apparel Industry
Professional Elective – V (Offered in Semester VIII)
Sl. No.
Course Code
Course Title
1
U20FTE821
International Social Compliance
2
U20FTE822
Fashion Marketing
3
U20FTE823
Social and Environmental Compliance in Apparel
industry
4
U20FTE824
Value Engineering in the Apparel Industry
5
U20FTE825
Product Certification in Garment Industry
Professional Elective – VI (Offered in Semester VIII)
Sl. No.
Course Code
Course Title
1
U20FTE826
Apparel Logistics and Supply Chain Management
2
U20FTE827
International Business in Apparel Industry
3
U20FTE828
Fashion Retail Store Operation
4
U20FTE829
Interior Décor and Design
5
U20FTE830
Fashion Enterperneurship
11
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
Annexure - II
OPEN ELECTIVE COURSES (R-2020)
S.No
Course Code
Course Title
Offering
Department
Permitted Departments
Open Elective – I (Offered in Semester IV)
1
U20EEO401
Solar Photovoltaic Fundamental
and applications
EEE
ECE, ICE, MECH, CIVIL,
Mechatronics, CCE
2
U20EEO402
Electrical Safety
EEE
ECE, ICE, MECH, CIVIL,
Mechatronics, CCE, BME, IT,
CSE, FT
3
U20ECO401
Engineering Computation with
MATLAB
ECE
EEE, ICE, MECH, CIVIL, CCE,
BME, AI&DS, Mechatronics
4
U20ECO402
Consumer Electronics
ECE
EEE, ICE, CSE, MECH, IT,
CIVIL, CCE, BME,
Mechatronics, FT
5
U20CSO401
Web Development
CSE
EEE, ECE, ICE, MECH, CIVIL,
BME, Mechatronics
6
U20CSO402
Analysis of Algorithms
CSE
EEE, ECE, ICE, MECH, CIVIL,
BME, Mechatronics
7
U20ITO401
Database System: Design &
Development
IT
EEE, ECE, ICE, CCE, BME
8
U20ITO402
R programming
IT
EEE, ECE, ICE, CCE, BME,
MECH, Mechatronics
9
U20ICO401
Sensors and Transducers
ICE
ECE, CSE, IT, MECH, CIVIL,
CCE, AI&DS, FT
10
U20ICO402
Control System Engineering
ICE
CSE, IT, MECH, CCE, AI&DS
11
U20MEO401
Rapid Prototyping
MECH
EEE, ECE, ICE, CIVIL, BME, FT
12
U20MEO402
Material Handling System
MECH
EEE, ICE, CIVIL, Mechatronics
13
U20MEO403
Industrial Engineering for Textile
MECH
FT
14
U20CEO401
Energy and Environment
CIVIL
EEE, ECE, MECH, BME, IT,
Mechatronics, FT
15
U20CEO402
Building Science and Engineering
CIVIL
EEE, MECH, BME
16
U20BMO401
Medical Electronics
BME
EEE, ECE, CSE, IT, ICE, CCE,
MECH, Mechatronics, AI&DS
17
U20BMO402
Telemedicine
BME
EEE, ECE, CSE, IT, ICE, CCE,
AI&DS
18
U20CCO401
Basic DBMS
CCE
EEE, ECE, MECH, CIVIL, ICE,
Mechatronics, BME
19
U20CCO402
Introduction to Communication
Systems
CCE
EEE, CSE, IT, MECH, CIVIL,
ICE, Mechatronics
20
U20ADO401
Knowledge Representation and
Reasoning
AI&DS
EEE, ECE, CSE, IT, ICE,
MECH, CIVIL, CCE, BME,
Mechatronics
21
U20ADO402
Introduction to Data Science
AI&DS
EEE, ECE, CSE, IT, ICE,
MECH, CIVIL, CCE, BME,
12
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
Mechatronics
Open Elective – II / Open Elective – III
1
U20HSO501/
U20HSO601
Product Development and Design
MBA
Common to B. Tech
(Offered in Semester V for EEE,
ECE, ICE, CIVIL,
BME, CCE, FT)
(Offered in Semester VI for
CSE, IT, MECH, Mechatronics,
AI&DS)
2
U20HSO502/
U20HSO602
Intellectual Property and Rights
MBA
3
U20HSO503/
U20HSO603
Marketing Management and
Research
MBA
4
U20HSO504/
U20HSO604
Project Management for
Engineers
MBA
5
U20HSO505/
U20HSO605
Finance for Engineers
MBA
Open Elective – II / Open Elective – III
(Offered in Semester V for CSE, IT, MECH, Mechatronics, AI&DS)
(Offered in Semester VI for EEE, ECE, ICE, CIVIL, BME, CCE, FT)
1
U20EEO503 /
U20EEO603
Conventional and Non-
Conventional Energy Sources
EEE
ECE, ICE, MECH, CIVIL, BME,
Mechatronics, CCE, AI&DS, FT
2
U20EEO504 /
U20EEO604
Industrial Drives and Control
EEE
ECE, ICE, MECH, Mechatronics,
AI&DS
3
U20ECO503/
U20ECO603
Electronic Product Design and
Packaging
ECE
EEE, CSE, IT, ICE, MECH,
CCE, BME, Mechatronics
4
U20ECO504/
U20ECO604
Automotive Electronics
ECE
EEE, ECE, ICE, MECH
5
U20CSO503/
U20CSO603
Platform Technology
CSE
EEE, ECE, ICE, MECH, CIVIL,
BME
6
U20CSO504/
U20CSO604
Graphics Designing
CSE
EEE, ECE, ICE, MECH, CIVIL,
BME, FT
7
U20ITO503/
U20ITO603
Essentials of Data Science
IT
EEE, ECE, ICE, MECH, CIVIL,
BME
8
U20ITO504/
U20ITO604
Mobile App Development
IT
EEE, ECE, ICE, MECH, CIVIL,
BME, Mechatronics
9
U20ICO503/
U20ICO603
Fuzzy logic and neural networks
ICE
CSE, IT, CIVIL, BME, AI&DS
10
U20ICO504/
U20ICO604
Measurement and
Instrumentation
ICE
ECE, Mechatronics
11
U20MEO504/
U20MEO604
Heating, ventilation and air
conditioning system (HVAC)
MECH
EEE, ECE, ICE, CIVIL
12
U20MEO505/
U20MEO605
Creativity Innovation and New
Product Development
MECH
EEE, ECE, ICE, CIVIL, BME,
Mechatronics
13
U20CEO503/
U20CEO603
Disaster Management
CIVIL
EEE, ECE, CSE, IT, ICE,
MECH, BME, CCE, AI&DS, FT
14
U20CEO504/
U20CEO604
Air Pollution and Solid Waste
Management
CIVIL
EEE, ECE, CSE, IT, ICE,
MECH, BME, CCE, AI&DS, FT
15
U20BMO503/
U20BMO603
Biometric Systems
BME
EEE, ECE, CSE, IT, ICE, CCE,
MECH, Mechatronics
16
U20BMO504/
U20BMO604
Medical Robotics
BME
EEE, ECE, CSE, IT, ICE, CCE,
MECH, CIVIL , Mechatronics
13
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
17
U20CCO503/
U20CCO603
Network Essentials
CCE
EEE, MECH, CIVIL, ICE,
Mechatronics, BME
18
U20CCO504/
U20CCO604
Web Programming
CCE
EEE, ECE, MECH, CIVIL, ICE,
Mechatronics, BME
19
U20ADO503/
U20ADO603
Principle of Artificial Intelligence
and Machine Learning
AI&DS
EEE, ECE, CSE, IT, ICE,
MECH, CIVIL, CCE
20
U20ADO504/
U20ADO604
Data science Application of Vision
AI&DS
EEE, ECE, CSE, IT, ICE,
MECH, CIVIL, CCE, BME,
Mechatronics
21
U20MCO501/
U20MCO601
Industrial Automation for Textile
Mechatronics
FT
Open Elective – IV (Offered in Semester VII)
1
U20EEO705
Hybrid and Electrical Vehicle
EEE
ECE, Mechatronics , MECH
2
U20EEO706
Electrical Energy Conservation
and auditing
EEE
ECE, ICE, MECH, CIVIL,
BME, Mechatronics, CCE,
AI&DS
3
U20ECO705
IoT and its Applications
ECE
EEE, ICE, CSE, MECH, IT,
CIVIL, CCE, FT
4
U20ECO706
Cellular and Mobile
Communications
ECE
EEE, ICE, CSE, MECH, IT,
CIVIL, CCE, BME,
Mechatronics
5
U20CSO705
Artificial Intelligence
CSE
EEE, ICE, CIVIL, CCE,
MECH, FT
6
U20CSO706
Cloud Technology and
its Applications
CSE
EEE, ICE, MECH, CIVIL,
CCE, BME, Mechatronics
7
U20ITO705
Automation Techniques &
Tools- DevOps
IT
EEE, ECE, ICE, CSE, MECH,
CIVIL, CCE, BME,
Mechatronics
8
U20ITO706
Augmented and Virtual Reality
IT
EEE, ICE, MECH, CIVIL,
CCE, BME
9
U20ICO705
Process Automation
ICE
EEE, ECE, CSE, MECH, IT,
CIVIL, CCE, BME,
Mechatronics
10
U20ICO706
Virtual Instrumentation
ICE
EEE, ECE, MECH,
Mechatronics
11
U20MEO706
Principles of Hydraulic and
Pneumatic System
MECH
EEE, ECE, ICE, CIVIL
12
U20MEO707
Supply Chain Management
MECH
EEE, ECE, CIVIL,
Mechatronics
13
U20CEO705
Energy Efficient Buildings
CIVIL
EEE, ECE, MECH
14
U20CEO706
Global Warming and Climate
Change
CIVIL
EEE, ECE, CSE, IT, ICE,
MECH, BME, CCE, AI&DS, FT
15
U20MCO702
Building Automation
Mechatronics
MECH, CIVIL
16
U20MCO703
Automation in Manufacturing
Systems
Mechatronics
MECH, CIVIL
17
U20BMO705
Internet of Things for
Healthcare
BME
EEE, ECE, ICE, CCE
14
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
18
U20BMO706
Telehealth Technology
BME
EEE, ECE, ICE, CCE
19
U20CCO705
Data Science using python
CCE
EEE, ECE, MECH, CIVIL, ICE,
Mechatronics, BME
20
U20CCO706
Mobile Applications Development
using Android
CCE
EEE, ECE, MECH, CIVIL, ICE,
Mechatronics, BME
21
U20ADO705
Data Science Application of NLP
AI&DS
EEE, ECE, CSE, IT, ICE,
MECH, CIVIL, CCE, BME,
Mechatronics.
22
U20ADO706
Artificial Intelligence Applications
AI&DS
EEE, ECE, CSE, IT, ICE,
MECH, CIVIL, CCE, BME
23
U20HSO706
Industrial Safety and Human
Resource Management
MBA
FT
24
U20HSO707
Operation Research in Textile
Industry
MBA
FT
25
U20HSO708
Global marketing and Sourcing
Strategies
MBA
FT
26
U20HSO709
Fashion Advertising and sales
promotions
MBA
FT
27
U20HSO710
Luxury Brand management
MBA
FT
28
U20HSO711
Fashion Retail Store Operations
MBA
FT
Annexure – III
EMPLOYABILITY ENHANCEMENT COURSES – (A). CERTIFICATION COURSES
Sl. No.
Course Code
Course Title
1
U20FTCX01
3ds Max
2
U20FTCX02
Advance Structural Analysis of Building using ETABS
3
U20FTCX03
Advanced Java Programming
4
U20FTCX04
Advanced Python Programming
5
U20FTCX05
Analog System Lab Kit
6
U20FTCX06
Android Medical App Development
7
U20FTCX07
Android Programming
8
U20FTCX08
ANSYS -Multiphysics
9
U20FTCX09
Artificial Intelligence
10
U20FTCX10
Artificial Intelligence and Edge Computing
11
U20FTCX11
Artificial Intelligence in Medicines
12
U20FTCX12
AutoCAD for Architecture
13
U20FTCX13
AutoCAD for Civil
14
U20FTCX14
AutoCAD for Electrical
15
U20FTCX15
AutoCAD for Mechanical
16
U20FTCX16
Azure DevOps
17
U20FTCX17
Basic Course on ePLAN
18
U20FTCX18
Basic Electro Pneumatics
15
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
19
U20FTCX19
Basic Hydraulics
20
U20FTCX20
Bio Signal and Image Processing Development System
21
U20FTCX21
Blockchain
22
U20FTCX22
Bridge Analysis
23
U20FTCX23
Building Analysis and Construction Management
24
U20FTCX24
Building Design and Analysis Using AECO Sim Building Designer
25
U20FTCX25
CATIA
26
U20FTCX26
CCNA (Routing and Switching)
27
U20FTCX27
CCNA (Wireless)
28
U20FTCX28
Cloud Computing
29
U20FTCX29
Computer Programming for Medical Equipments
30
U20FTCX30
Corel Draw
31
U20FTCX31
Creo (Modeling and Simulation)
32
U20FTCX32
Cyber Security
33
U20FTCX33
Data Science and Data Analytics
34
U20FTCX34
Data Science using Python
35
U20FTCX35
Data Science using R
36
U20FTCX36
Deep Learning
37
U20FTCX37
Design and Documentation using ePLAN Electric P8
38
U20FTCX38
Design of Biomedical Devices and Systems
39
U20FTCX39
Digital Marketing
40
U20FTCX40
Digital Signal Processing Development System
41
U20FTCX41
DigSILENT Power Factory
42
U20FTCX42
Electro Hydraulic Automation with PLC
43
U20FTCX43
Embedded System using Arduino
44
U20FTCX44
Embedded System using C
45
U20FTCX45
Embedded System with IoT
46
U20FTCX46
ePLAN Data Portal
47
U20FTCX47
ePLAN Electric P8
48
U20FTCX48
ePLAN Fluid
49
U20FTCX49
ePLAN PPE
50
U20FTCX50
Fusion 360
51
U20FTCX51
Fuzzy Logic and Neural Networks
52
U20FTCX52
Google Analytics
53
U20FTCX53
Hydraulic Automation
54
U20FTCX54
Industrial Automation
55
U20FTCX55
Industry 4.0
56
U20FTCX56
Internet of Things
57
U20FTCX57
Introduction to C Programming
58
U20FTCX58
Introduction to C++ Programming
59
U20FTCX59
IoT using Python
60
U20FTCX60
Java Programming
61
U20FTCX61
Machine Learning
62
U20FTCX62
Machine Learning and Deep Learning
63
U20FTCX63
Machine Learning for Medical Diagnosis
64
U20FTCX64
Mechatronics
65
U20FTCX65
Medical Robotics
66
U20FTCX66
Microsoft Dynamics 365 ERP for HR , Marketing and Finance
16
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
67
U20FTCX67
Mobile Edge Computing
68
U20FTCX68
Modeling and Visualization using Micro station
69
U20FTCX69
MX Road
70
U20FTCX70
Photoshop
71
U20FTCX71
PLC
72
U20FTCX72
Pneumatics Automation
73
U20FTCX73
Project Management
74
U20FTCX74
Python Programming
75
U20FTCX75
Revit Architecture
76
U20FTCX76
Revit Inventor
77
U20FTCX77
Revit MEP
78
U20FTCX78
Robotics
79
U20FTCX79
Search Engine Optimization
80
U20FTCX80
Software Testing
81
U20FTCX81
Solar and Smart Energy System with IoT
82
U20FTCX82
Solid Works
83
U20FTCX83
Solid Works with Electrical Schematics
84
U20FTCX84
Speech Processing
85
U20FTCX85
STAAD PRO V8i
86
U20FTCX86
Structural Design and Analysis using Bentley
87
U20FTCX87
Total Station
88
U20FTCX88
Video and Image Processing Development System
89
U20FTCX89
VLSI Design
90
U20FTCX90
Web Programming - I
91
U20FTCX91
Web Programming - II
17
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
Annexure – IV
EMPLOYABILITY ENHANCEMENT COURSES – (B). SKILL DEVELOPMENT COURSES
Sl. No
Course Code
Course Title
1
U20FTS201
Skill Development Course 1 *
1) Development of Fashion Model
2) Colour and Fashion
3) Design and Data Collection
2
U20FTS302
Skill Development Course 2 *
1) Fashion Evolution and Traditional Indian Textile
2) Garment Ornamentation
3) Material Selection and Design of Sports Wear
3
U20FTS403
Skill Development Course 3 *
1) Computer Colour Matching
2) Digital Fashion Marketing
3) Import and Export Documentation
4
U20FTS504
Skill Development Course 4 : Foreign Language/ IELTS -I
5
U20FTS505
Skill Development Course 5 : Presentation Skills using ICT
6
U20FTS606
Skill Development Course 6 : Foreign Language/ IELTS - II
7
U20FTS607
Skill Development Course 7 : Technical Seminar
8
U20EES608
Skill Development Course 8 : NPTEL / MOOC - I
9
U20EES809
Skill Development Course 9 : NPTEL / MOOC-II
* Any one course to be selected from the list
18
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
19
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20BST101
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS – I
CALCULUS AND LINEAR ALGEBRA
(Common to all branches except CSBS)
L
T
P
C
Hrs
2
2
0
3
60
Course Objectives
• To familiarize the concept of matrices.
• To introduce mathematical tools to solve first order differential equations.
• To learn linear differential equations of higher order with constant coefficients.
• To understand the concept of partial differentiation.
• To introduce the concepts of curl, divergence and integration of vectors in vector calculus.
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1–Understand the concept of Eigen values and Eigen vectors, Diagonalization of a matrix. (K2)
CO2– Solve differential equations. (K3)
CO3– Solve higher order differential equations.(K3)
CO4– Solve different types of partial differential equation. (K3)
CO5– Understand the use of vector calculus. (K2)
UNIT I MATRICES (12 Hrs)
Rank of a Matrix –Consistency of system of equations. Eigen values and Eigen vectors of a real matrix –
Characteristic equation – Properties of Eigen values and Eigen vectors.Cayley – Hamilton Theorem –
Diagonalization of matrices.
UNIT II DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS (12 Hrs)
Exact equations, First order linear equations, Bernoulli’s equation, Equations not of first degree: equations
solvable for p, equations solvable for y, equations solvable for x and Clairaut’s type.
UNIT III DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS (HIGHER ORDER) (12 Hrs)
Linear differential equations of higher order with constant coefficients, the operator D, Euler’s linear equation
of higher order with variable coefficients, Solution by variation of parameter method.
UNIT IV PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS (12 Hrs)
Partial derivatives,Total derivatives,Differentiation of implicit functions,Maxima and Minima of two
variables.Partial differential equations of higher order with constant coefficients.
UNIT V VECTOR CALCULUS (12 Hrs)
Gradient, divergence and curl – Directional derivative – Irrotational and Solenoidal vector fields – Gauss
Divergence Theorem and Stokes Theorem.
Text Books
1. Erwin Kreyszig, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics“, Wiley, 10th Edition, 2019.
2. B.V.Ramana, ”Higher Engineering Mathematics”, Tata McGraw – Hill, New Delhi, 6th Edition, 2018.
3. N.P. Bali and Manish Goyal, ”A Text Book of Engineering Mathematics”, Lakshmi Publications,
New Delhi, 9thEdition, 2018.
Reference Books
1. C W. Evans, “Engineering Mathematics”, A Programmed Approach, 3rd Edition, 2019.
2. Dr. A. Singaravelu, “Engineering Mathematics - I”, Meenakshi publications, Tamil Nadu, 2019.
3. M.K. Venkataraman, “Engineering Mathematics, The National Publishing Company, Madras, 2016.
4. S.Narayanan and Manicavachagom T.K. Pillay,“Differential Equations and Its Applications”, Paperback,
Viswanathan.S, Printers& Publishers Pvt Ltd, 2009.
5. Dr.G Balaji, “Engineering Mathematics – I”, G.Balaji publishers, 2017.
Web References
1. http://www.yorku.ca/yaoguo/math1025/slides/chapter/kuttler-linearalgebra–slides-systemsofquation-
handout.pdf
2. http://www.math.cum.edu/~wn0g/2ch6a.pdf
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/122/104/122104017/
4. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/111/106/111106051/
5. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/111/108/111108081/
20
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
2
1
-
-
-
1
1
-
-
-
-
1
3
1
-
2
3
2
1
1
-
1
1
-
-
-
-
1
3
1
-
3
3
2
1
1
-
1
1
-
-
-
1
2
1
-
4
3
2
1
1
-
1
1
-
-
-
-
1
2
-
-
5
2
1
-
-
-
-
1
-
-
-
1
1
-
-
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
21
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20EST110
PROGRAMMING IN PYTHON
(Common to CSE, IT, CCE, FT)
L
T
P
C
Hrs
3
0
0
3
45
Course Objectives
•
To acquire programming skill in core python.
•
To learn the basic Syntax and Semantics of Python Programming.
•
To learn how to design python program and applications.
•
To acquire object oriented skills in python.
•
To develop the skill of designing applications using modules and packages
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 - Define the structure and components of a python program. (K1)
CO2 - Illustrate the concepts of Python decision statements. (K2)
CO3 - Interpret the use of loops and functions to facilitate code reuse. (K3)
CO4 - Use list, tuple, Set and dictionary in python program. (K3)
CO5 - Read / write data from / to files and structure a program using Exceptions and Modules. (K3)
UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO PYTHON PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE (9 Hrs)
Introduction to Python Language – Strengths and Weaknesses – IDLE – Visual Source Code – Arithmetic
Operators – Arithmetic Expressions – Dynamic Types – Naming Conventions – String Values – String Operations
– String Slices – String Operators – Numeric Data Types – Conversions
UNIT II DECISION MAKING (9 Hrs)
Control Flow: Introduction – Control Flow and Syntax – Indenting – Relational Operators – Relational
Expressions – Logical – Operators – Logical Expressions – If Statement – If else – Elif – Nested if.
UNIT III LOOPING (9 Hrs)
Loop: The while Loop – Break and continue – Nested while Loop – For Loop – Nested for Loop. Functions:
parameters – Return values – Local and global scope – Function composition – Recursion and lambda functions.
UNIT IV LIST, TUPLE, SET, DICTIONARY, ARRAYS (9 Hrs)
Lists: List operations – List slices – List methods – List loop – Mutability – Aliasing – Cloning lists – List
parameters – Tuples: Tuple assignment – Tuple as return value – Advanced list processing – List
comprehension – Sets – Dictionaries: Operations and methods – Arrays.
UNIT V FILES, EXCEPTIONS, MODULES, AND PACKAGES (9 Hrs)
Built In Functions. Files and Exception: Text Files – Reading and writing files – Format operator – Command line
arguments – Errors and exceptions – Handling exceptions – Modules – Standard modules – Packages – Bit
Wise Operators.
Text Books
1. Martin C Brown, “Python The Complete Reference”, McGraw-Hill Education, 4th Edition, 2018
2. Allen B. Downey, “Think Python: How to Think Like a Computer Scientist‘‘, Shroff/O‘Reilly Publishers, 2nd
edition, 2016 (http://greenteapress.com/wp/thinkpython/).
3. Reema Thareja, “Python Programming Using Problem Solving Approach”, ISBN: 9780199480173, Oxford
University Press, First edition, 2017.
Reference Books
1.
Robert Sedgewick, “Kevin Wayne, Robert Dondero – Introduction to Programming inPython: An Inter-
disciplinary Approach”, Pearson India Education Services Pvt. 2016.
2.
Timothy A. Budd, “Exploring Python”, Mc-Graw Hill Education (India) Private Ltd., 2015.
3.
Ben Stephenson, “The Python Workbook A Brief Introduction with Exercises and Solutions”, Springer
International Publishing, Switzerland 2014.
22
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
4.
John V Guttag, “Introduction to Computation and Programming Using Python’’, MIT Press, Revised and
expanded Edition, 2013.
5.
Charles Dierbach, “Introduction to Computer Science using Python: A Computational Problem-Solving
Focus”, Wiley India Edition, 2013.
Web References
1.
https://www.learnpython.org/
2.
https://pythonprogramming.net/introduction-learn-python-3-tutorials/
3.
https://www.codecademy.com/learn/learn-python
4.
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/106/106106182/
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
1
-
-
-
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
1
-
2
2
1
-
-
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3
1
-
3
2
1
-
-
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
1
-
4
3
2
1
1
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
1
-
5
3
2
1
1
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3
1
-
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
23
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20EST117
BASIC ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS
ENGINEERING
(Common to MECH, CIVIL, AI&DS, FT)
L
T
P
C
Hrs
2
2
0
3
60
Course Objectives
• To introduce fundamental concepts, various laws and principles associated with electrical circuits and its
analysis.
• To provide knowledge about the various factors in AC circuits and resonance condition.
• To introduce the concept of electrical safety, power system and working of transformers and motors.
• To understand the characteristics and applications of semiconductor devices
• To provide the basic knowledge in analog electronics
• To understand the purpose of communication and acquire knowledge on different communication systems
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 - Analyze the basic concepts, various laws and theorems used in DC circuits.(K3)
CO2 - Analyze and solve the AC circuits and develop resonance circuits for transmitter and receiver.(K4)
CO3 - Gain the knowledge of power system, importance of electrical safety measures and application of
transformers and motors in real time.(K2)
CO 4 - Understand the operator of semiconductor diode and its applications. (K2)
CO 5 - Explain the characteristics and operation of BJT and FET. (K2)
CO 6 - Relate and Explain Different Communication Systems. (K2)
Part A- BASIC ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
UNIT I DC CIRCUITS AND NETWORK THEOREMS (10 Hrs)
Concept of Potential difference, voltage, current, work, Power, Energy, Electric networks, voltage source and
current sources, linear passive and active elements, current-voltage relation, ideal and practical sources,
concept of dependent and independent sources, Kirchhoff-s laws and applications to network solutions using
mesh and nodal analysis, Simplifications of networks using series-parallel, Star/Delta transformation. Network
Theorem – Superposition, Thevenin’s, Norton's and Maximum Power Transfer
UNIT II AC CIRCUITS (10 Hrs)
AC waveform- definitions, form factor, peak factor, study of R-L, R-C, RLC series circuit, R-L-C parallel circuit,
phasor representation in Polar and rectangular form, concept of impedance, admittance, active, reactive,
apparent and complex power, power factor, Resonance in series and parallel circuits, bandwidth and quality
factors, 3 phase Balanced AC Circuits (Y-∆ and Y-Y)-power Measurement –two Wattmeter method
UNIT III ELECTRICAL SAFETY AND ELECTRICAL MACHINES (10 Hrs)
Layout of electrical power system and its functions, Safety devices and systems, Types of domestic wiring,
Wiring Accessories, Necessity of earthing, insulators, cables, fuse and circuit breakers - Sensors and its types.
Law of Electromagnetic induction, Auto transformer, Single phase transformer- load test – Open Circuit and
Short Circuit test, Fleming’s Right and Left hand rule – construction, principle, load test and performance
characteristics of rotating machines – DC Motor and DC Generator - single phase/three phase induction motor,
Alternator and synchronous motor (Qualitative approach only)
PART B - ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
UNIT IV SEMICONDUCTOR DIODES AND APPLICATIONS (10 Hrs)
Introduction semiconductor materials-Doping-Intrinsic and Extrinsic Semiconductor –PN junction diode,
structure, characteristics-diffusion and depletion capacitance-Rectifier, Half wave and Full wave rectifier-zener
diode characteristics-zener diode as regulator –Light Emitting Diode(LED)-Solar Panel
24
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
UNIT V TRANSISTORS (10 Hrs)
Bipolar Junction Transistor-construction-operation-Common Base, Common Emitter, Common collector
Configuration-characteristics- Biasing- numerical application-Junction Field Effect Transistor(JFET), Metal
oxide semiconductor Field Effect Transistor, EMOSFET-DMOSFET operation characteristics-Numerical
applications
UNIT VI COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS (10 Hrs)
Need for Modulation – Block diagram of analog communication System - AM, FM, PM Definitions and
Waveforms – Comparison of digital and analog communication system- Block diagram of digital
communication system – Electromagnetic Spectrum. Wired and wireless Channel – Block diagram of
communication systems – satellite communication – Cellular Mobile Communication – Fibre Optical
Communication System.
Text Books
1. Sudhakar.A and Shyam Mohan.S.P, “Circuits and Networks Analysis and Synthesis”, Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi, 4th edition, 2010.
2. D.P.Kothari and I.J. Nagrath, “Electric Machines”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 5th Edition, 2017.
3. A.E.Fitzgerald, Charles Kingsley, Stephen. D. Umans, “Electric Machinery”, Tata Mcgraw Hill, New Delhi,
7th Edition, 2013.
4. Theraja B. L and Theraja A. K., “A Textbook of Electrical Technology”, Vol. II, S Chand & Co. Ltd., New
Delhi, 2009
5. V. K. Metha & Rohit Metha,”Principles of Power System”, S.Chand, 2005
6. Edward Hughes, John Hiley, Keith Brown, Ian McKenzie Smith, “Electrical and Electronics Technology”,
Pearson Education Limited, New Delhi, 2010.
Reference Books
1. V.Deltoro, “Principle of Electrical Engg.” PHI.
2. M.A Mallick, Dr. I. Ashraf, “Fundamental of Electrical Engg,” Word Press, Lucknow.
3. A T. K. Nagsarkar and M. S. Sukhija, Basic of Electrical Engineering, Oxford University Press, 2011
4. S.K. Sahdev, “Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering and Electronics”, DhanpatRai and Co, 2013.
5. Wayne Tomasi, “Electronic Communication Systems- Fundamentals Theory Advanced”, Fourth Edition,
Pearson Education, 2001.
Web References
1. https://www.electrical4u.com/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/102/108102146/
3. https://www.javatpoint.com/electrical-machines-tutorial
4. http://www.electronics-tutorials.ws
5. http://www.eeweb.com/articles
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
2
3
2
1
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
-
-
2
2
3
2
1
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
-
-
3
2
3
2
1
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
2
4
2
3
2
3
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
-
-
5
2
3
2
3
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
-
-
6
2
3
2
3
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
-
-
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High
25
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTT101
BASICS OF APPAREL TECHNOLOGY
L
T
P
C
Hrs
3
0
0
3
45
Course Objectives
• To understand the basics of apparel industry
• To familiarize the pre-production and post-production processes of apparel industry.
• To understand the stiches and seams.
• To highlight the production processes of apparel industry.
• To understand the applications of CAD-CAM in apparel industry.
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 - Describe the structure and classification of garment industries as per size, labor and product.(K2)
CO2 - Illustrate various pre-production and post-production processes with their importance’s, process flow,
requirements and machineries. (K3)
CO3 - Describe the structure and classification of stiches and seams. (K2)
CO4 - Categorize various production technologies. (K3)
CO5 - Explain various process in apparel industry. (K3)
UNIT I (7 Hrs)
Introduction to clothing industry, classification as per the size, labour etc. fabric inspection and grading
system used in the industry.
Unit II (9 Hrs)
Cutting: Importance of cutting, requirements of cutting, Types of cutting Machines, production processes in
cutting room, planning, Laying, spreading, cutting, preparation for sewing. Bundling and labelling
Fusing: purpose of fusing, the process of fusing, requirement of fusing as per fabric, fusing machinery for
garment parts, methods of fusing and quality control in fusing.
Unit III (10 Hrs)
Sewing: Classification of stitches & seams, feed systems, sewing threads, sewing needles, machinery and
elements; functions of SNLS machine and working aids. Defects in seam and stitches,
Unit IV (10 Hrs)
Production Technology: Manual systems, make-through systems, straight line systems, modular production
systems, unit production systems, quick response systems.
Warehousing: Handling equipment, storage equipment, packing equipment.
Unit V (9 Hrs)
Pressing & finishing: object, Objectives of pressing, classifications, means, components, machinery and
equipments, garment finishing and inspection. Labelling and Packing.
Text Books:
1. Harrold Carr., and Barbara Latham., “The Technology of Clothing Manufacture” Backwell Science, U.K.,
1994,ISBN: 0632037482 | ISBN-13: 9780632037483.
2. Gerry Cooklin., Steven George Hayes., and John McLoughlin., “Introduction to Clothing Manufacture”,
Wiley-Blackwell Science, U.K., 2006, ISBN: 0632058463 | ISBN- 13:9780632058464.
Reference Books:
1. Richard M. Jones., “The Apparel Industry”, Blackwell Science, U.K., 2006, ISBN: 1405135999 |ISBN-13:
9781405135993.
2. Kantilal Ila., “Apparel Industry in India”, NICTAS Publication, Ahmedabad, 1990,ISBN:8185472009 |
ISBN-13: 9788185472003.
3. Raj kishore Nayak., and Rajiv Pandhya.,”Garment Manufacturing Technology”, Woodhead publications
2015, ISBN: 1782422323 | ISBN-13: 9781782422327.
4. ChutterA. J., “Introduction to Clothing Production Management”, Wiley-Blackwell Science, U.K., 1995,
ISBN: 0632039396 | ISBN-13: 9780632039395.
26
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
5. Harold Carr, “The Clothing Factory”, Clothing and Footwear Institute, 1972. ISBN: B0012PP566.
6. Miller E., “Textile Properties and Behaviour in Clothing use”, Batsford Publication, 1992,
ISBN:0713472359 | ISBN-13: 9780713472356.
7. Cooklin G., “Fusing Technology”, The Textile Institute, Manchester, 1990, ISBN: 1870812204 |ISBN-13:
9781870812207.
8. Jay Diamond., “Fashion Apparel and Accessories”, Delmar Publication, 1994, ISBN: 0827356242 | ISBN-
13: 9780827356245.
Web References
1. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/
2. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Clothing_industry
3. https://www.encyclopedia.com/sports-and-everyday-life/fashion-and clothing/fashion/clothing-industry
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
3
2
2
1
-
-
-
-
3
-
-
-
3
2
-
2
3
2
2
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3
2
2
3
3
3
2
2
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3
2
-
4
3
2
2
1
-
-
2
-
-
-
-
-
3
2
-
5
3
2
2
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3
2
-
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
27
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTT102
TEXTILE FIBRES SCIENCE
L
T
P
C
Hrs
3
0
0
3
45
Course Objectives
• To understand the basics of textile fibres.
• To analyse morphological and chemical structure of natural fibres.
• To understand the manufacturing processes of manmade fibres.
• To explain properties of natural and manmade fibres.
• To understand the selection of fibres
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 - Explain the basics of textile natural fibres. (K2)
CO2 - Explain the basics of textile synthetic fibres. (K2)
CO3 - Describe morphological and chemical structure of regenerated fibres. (K2)
CO4 - Illustrate identification of various fibres. (K3)
CO5 - Enunciate the selection of fibres. (K4)
UNIT I NATURAL FIBRES (10 Hrs)
NATURAL FIBRES: Classification of Textile Fibres – natural and synthetic. Requirements and characteristics
of textile fibres. Properties, sourcing and end uses of cotton, jute, and flax. Wool: Different qualities, properties
and end uses. Silk: different types, properties and end uses. Organic cotton and coloured cotton, Banana fibre
– properties and end uses. Unconventional Fibres
UNIT II SYNTHETIC FIBRES (10 Hrs)
SYNTHETIC FIBRES: Principles of fiber formation by dry, wet, melt spinning and solution spinning
techniques. Manufacture, sourcing and properties of polyamide, polyester, polypropylene and polyacrylonitrile
fibres. Drawing and heat setting process. Mono and multi filaments. High performance fibres- elastomers,
glass, aramid, carbon fibres: properties, sourcing and applications. Bi component fibres - micro fibres, ultrafine
denier fibres: properties and enduses. Dope dyed fibres, Nano fibres - properties and applications.
UNIT III REGENERATED FIBRES (9 Hrs)
REGENERATED FIBRES: Cellulosic Fibres- Viscose rayon, lyocell, modal and Bamboo – Raw Material,
production, structure & properties, sourcing and end uses. Regenerated Protein Fibres: Milk, soybean -
structure & properties, sourcing and end uses.
UNIT IV IDENTIFICATION OF FIBRES (6 Hrs)
IDENTIFICATION OF FIBRES: Feeling Test, Burning test, Microscopic test, Staining Test, Chemical test and
Density measurement.
UNIT V PRODUCT VARIATION AND FIBRE SELECTION (10 Hrs)
PRODUCT VARIATION AND FIBRE SELECTION: Fibre selection for apparels – casual, formal and
partywear. Home textiles – safety and aesthetic properties. Basic properties and fibre selection for
Sportswear, intimate garments, medical garments and protective clothing.
Text Books:
1. Mishra S. P., ―Text book of Fibre Science and Technology‖, Newnes-HV Butterworths & Co. Publishers
Ltd., Oxford, 2000.
2. Premamoy Ghosh, ―Fibre Science and Technology‖, McGraw Hill, India, 2004.
Reference Books:
1. Morton W. E. and Hearle J. W. S., ―Physical Properties of Textile Fibres‖, Textile Institute, Manchester,
1993
2. Gupta V. B. and Kothari V. K. ―Manufactured Fibre Technology‖, Chapman & Hall, London, 1997.
28
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
3. Sreenivasamurthy H.V., ―Introduction to Textile Fibres‖, The Textile Association India, Mumbai, 1998.
4. Gorden & Cook - Hand book of Textile Fibres Vol. I & II, Merrrow Publication Ltd, England.
Web References
1. https://www.slideshare.net/Farhanullahbaig/fiber-science
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/116/102/116102026/
3. https://ncert.nic.in/textbook/pdf/gesc103.pdf
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
2
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
-
-
2
3
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
-
-
3
2
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
-
4
2
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
5
2
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
29
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20ESP111
PROGRAMMING IN PYTHON
LABORATORY
(Common to CSE, IT, CCE,FT)
L
T
P
C
Hrs
0
0
2
1
30
Course Objectives
•
To acquire programming skill in core python.
•
To learn how to design python program and applications.
•
To acquire object oriented skills in python.
•
To design and implement modules and packages.
•
To develop the skill of designing applications.
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 - Examine Python syntax and semantics. (K3)
CO2 - Demonstrate proficiency in handling Strings and File Systems. (K3)
CO3 - Compile, run and manipulate Python Programs using core data structures. (K3)
CO4 - Interpret the concepts of Object-Oriented Programming as used in Python. (K3)
CO5 - Implement exemplary applications related to modules and packages in Python. (K3)
List of Exercises
1.
Develop simple programs using python syntax and semantics.
2.
Demonstrate python program using Arithmetic expressions.
3.
Demonstrate python program using Strings.
4.
Demonstrate python program using relational expressions.
5.
Understand the decision making statement.
6.
Illustrate Conditional statements with real time problems.
7.
Write Python Functions to facilitate code reuse.
8.
Basic python applications using List, Tuples, Sets.
9.
Implementation of searching.
10.
Implementation of sorting.
11.
Implement python programs using Dictionaries
12.
Illustrate file concepts with real time problems
13.
Use Exception handling in python applications for error handling.
14.
Implement simple applications using Modules
15.
Implement simple applications using Packages
16.
Develop Real time application like Number guessing, Dice rolling simulator, Mobile contacts, etc
Reference Books
1.
Reema Thareja, “Python Programming Using Problem Solving Approach”, Oxford
University Press; First edition, 2017.
2.
Robert Sedgewick, Kevin Wayne, Robert Dondero, “Introduction to Programming in
Python: An Inter- disciplinary Approach”, Pearson India Education Services Pvt., 2016.
3.
Timothy A. Budd, “Exploring Python”, Mc-Graw Hill Education (India) Private Ltd., 2015.
4.
Ben Stephenson, “The Python Workbook A Brief Introduction with Exercises and
Solutions”, Springer International Publishing, 2014.
5.
Paul Gries, Jennifer Campbell and Jason Montojo, “Practical Programming: An
Introduction to Computer Science using Python 3”, Pragmatic Programmers, LLC, Second
edition, 2013.
Web References
1.
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/106/106106182/
2.
https://www.learnpython.org/
3.
https://pythonprogramming.net/introduction-learn-python-3-tutorials/
https://www.codecademy.com/learn/learn-python
30
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
1
-
-
-
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
1
-
2
2
1
-
-
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3
1
-
3
2
1
-
-
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
1
-
4
3
2
1
1
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
1
-
5
3
2
1
1
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3
1
-
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
31
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20ESP118
BASIC OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS
ENGINEERING LAB
(Common to MECH, CIVIL, AI&DS, FT)
L
T
P
C
Hrs
0
0
2
1
30
Course Objectives
• To introduce practical knowledge for the analysis of laws and theorems.
• To provide the methods to evaluate and test the devices and machines.
• To Study about Electronic components and CRO.
• To study VI characteristics of Diodes the applications of Diode as Half wave rectifier
• To understand Input and output characteristics of Transistors and FETs
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 - Inspect the network theorems and validate the results through simulation. (K4)
CO2 - Build the various wiring systems for house, Godown, etc. (K3)
CO3 - Estimate the performance of DC and induction motor by conducting load and no load tests.(K5)
CO4 - Describe characteristics of semiconductor diode and utilize it for different applications (K3)
CO5 - Relate the characteristics of various transistor (K3)
List of Experiments
PART – A ELECTRICAL EXPERIMENTS
Demonstration on Sources, Ammeters, Voltmeters, Wattmeters, Energy meters and Transducers are Pre
Requisite for conducting this electrical engineering Lab.
1. Domestic Wiring Practice
• Staircase wiring
• Doctor’s room wiring
• Godown wiring
• Ceiling fan and fluorescent lamp wiring
2. Verification of Network Theorems (simulatiozn and experimental)
3. Determination of resistance temperature coefficient
4. Simulation of R-L-C Series Circuit for XL>XC, XC >XL
5. Load test on single phase transformer.
6. Measurement of 3-phase power using two wattmeter methods.
7. Load test on DC shunt motor.
8. Load test on single phase induction motor.
PART – B ELECTRONICS EXPERIMENTS
1. Study of Electronic components and equipments: Resistor, Capacitor
2. Measurement of AC signal parameter (Peak-Peak, rms period, frequency) using CRO.
3. VI Characteristics of PN junction diode, Zener diode
4. Input and output characteristics of Common Emitter configuration of BJT
5. Characteristics of JFET
6. Measurement of Ripple factor of HWR
Reference Books
1. A. Sudhakar and S. P. Shyam Mohan, “Circuits and Networks Analysis and Synthesis”, Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi, 4th Edition, 2010.
2. D. P. Kothari and I. J. Nagrath, “Electric Machines”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 5th Edition, 2017.
3. Edward Hughes, John Hiley, Keith Brown, Ian McKenzie Smith, “Electrical and Electronics Technology”,
Pearson Education Limited, New Delhi, 10th Edition, 2010
4. David Bell, “Electronic Devices and Circuits”, 5th Edition, Oxford University Press, 2008.
32
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
Web References
1. https://www.electrical4u.com/
2. https://www.allaboutcircuits.com/
3. https://www.circuitlab.com/
4. http://tuttle.merc.iastate.edu/ee201/spice/pspice_transient.pdf
5. http://em-coep.vlabs.ac.in/
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
3
3
3
3
3
-
-
-
2
-
-
-
1
2
-
2
3
3
3
3
3
-
-
-
2
-
-
-
2
2
-
3
3
3
2
3
3
-
-
-
2
-
-
-
2
2
-
4
3
2
2
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
1
-
5
3
2
2
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
1
-
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
33
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTP101
FIBRE ANALYTICAL LAB
L
T
P
C
Hrs
0
0
2
1
30
Course Objectives
• To understand Method of characterization of fibres.
• To identify of fibres by different methods.
• To analyse various Properties of fibre
• To understand nature and chemical reaction of various fibers
• To understand physical properties of fibres
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 - Identify the common textile fibres (K3)
CO2 - Identify and determine the blend proportion.(K3)
CO3 - Analyses the characteristics of fibres. (K3)
CO4 - Solve real time problems in fibre identification and fibre properties (K3)
CO5 - Determine the physical properties of fibre (K3)
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Identification of fibres by feel, microscopic view, burning behavior and solubility
• Natural cellulose fibres
• Natural protein fibres
• Regenerated cellulose fibres
• Polyamide fibres
• Polyester fibres
• Polyolefin fibres
2. Studying swelling behavior of cotton/Viscose fibres
3. Fibre maturity measurement by caustic soda method.
4. Identification of textile fibres by flammability methods
5. Determination of moisture absorption properties of textile fibres
6. Identification of textile fibres through solubility test.
7. Determination of the blend proportion
• Natural/ regenerated cellulose
• Cellulose/ protein fibres
• Cellulose/polyester fibres
Reference Books
1. Laboratory Manual prepared by the Department of Fashion Technology, 2020
2. Mishra S. P., ―Text book of Fibre Science and Technology‖, Newnes-HV Butterworths & Co. Publishers
Ltd., Oxford, 2000.
3. Premamoy Ghosh, ―Fibre Science and Technology‖, McGraw Hill, India, 2004.
Web References
1. https://www.slideshare.net/Farhanullahbaig/fiber-science
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/116/102/116102026/
3. https://ncert.nic.in/textbook/pdf/gesc103.pdf
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
1
3
3
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
-
-
2
1
3
3
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
-
-
3
2
3
3
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
-
-
4
1
2
3
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
-
-
5
2
2
3
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
-
-
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High
34
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTC1XX CERTIFICATION COURSE I
L
T
P
C
Hrs
0
0
4
-
50
Students shall choose an International certification course offered by the reputed organizations like
Google, Microsoft, IBM, Texas Instruments, Bentley, Autodesk, Eplan and CISCO, etc. The duration of the
course is 40-50 hours specified in the curriculum, which will be offered through Centre of Excellence.
Pass /Fail will be determined on the basis of participation, attendance, performance and completion
of the course. If a candidate Fails, he/she has to repeat the course in the subsequent years. Pass in this
course is mandatory for the award of degree.
35
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTM101 INDUCTION PROGRAM
Induction program for students to be offered right at the start of the first year
Duration of the Program
3 Weeks
Induction program
• Physical Activity
• Creative Arts and Culture
• Mentoring and Universal Human Values
• Familiarization with College, Dept./Branch
• Literary Activity
• Proficiency Modules
• Lectures and Workshops by Eminent People
• Visits in Local Area
• Extra-Curricular Activities in College
1. Physical Activity
This would involve a daily routine of physical activity with games and sports. There would be games in the
evening or at other suitable times according to the local climate. These would help develop team work besides
health. Each student could pick one game and learn it for the duration of the induction program and hopefully,
continue with it later.
2. Creative Arts
Every student would chose one skill related to the arts whether visual arts or performing arts. Examples are
painting, music, dance, pottery, sculpture etc. The student would pursue it every day for the duration of the
program. These would allow for creative expression. It would develop a sense of aesthetics and also enhance
creativity which would, hopefully, flow into engineering design later.
3. Mentoring and Universal Human Values
Mentoring and connecting the students with faculty members is the most important part of student
induction. Mentoring takes place in the context and setting of Universal Human Values. It gets the student to
explore oneself and experience the joy of learning, prepares one to stand up to peer pressure and take
decisions with courage, be aware of relationships and be sensitive to others, understand the role of money in
life and experience the feeling of prosperity. Need for character building has been underlined by many thinkers,
universal human values provide the base. Methodology of teaching this content is extremely important. It must
not be through do’s and dont’s, but by getting the students to explore and think by engaging them in a dialogue.
It is best taught through group discussions and real life activities rather than lecturing. The role of group
discussions, however, with clarity of thought of the teachers cannot be over emphasized. It is essential for
giving exposure, guiding thoughts, and realizing values. The teachers must come from all the departments
rather than only one department like HSS or from outside of the Institute. Experiments in this direction at
IIT(BHU) are noteworthy and one can learn from them. Discussions would be conducted in small groups of
about 20 students with a faculty mentor each. It is to open thinking towards the self. Universal Human Values
discussions could even continue for rest of the semester as a normal course, and not stop with the induction
program. Besides drawing the attention of the student to larger issues of life, it would build relationships
between teachers and students which last for their entire 4-year stay and possibly beyond.
4. Other Activity
Activities that are not there on a daily basis, but are conducted for 3-4 days (typically in the afternoons) and
change thereafter.
4.1. Familiarization with College, Department/Branch
The incoming students should be told about the credit and grading system, and about the examinations.
They should be informed about how study in college differs from study in school. They should also be taken on
a tour of the college and shown important points such as library, canteen, and other facilities. They should be
shown their department, and told what it means to get into the branch or department. Describe what role the
36
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
technology related to their department plays in society and after graduation what role the student would play in
society as an engineer in that branch. A lecture by an alumnus of the Dept. would be very helpful in this regard.
They should also be shown the laboratories, workshops and other facilities. The above should be done right in
the first two days, and then over the afternoons thereafter, as appropriate.
4.2. Literary Activity
Literary activity would encompass reading a book, writing a summary, debating, enacting a play etc.
4.3. Proficiency Modules
The induction program period can be used to overcome some critical lacunas that students might have, for
example, English, computer familiarity etc. These should run like crash courses, so that when normal courses
start after the induction program, the student has overcome the lacunas substantially. We hope that problems
arising due to lack of English skills, wherein students start lagging behind or failing in several subjects, for no
fault of theirs, would, hopefully, become a thing of the past.
4.4. Lectures and Workshops by Eminent People
Lectures by eminent people should be organized, say, once a week. It would give the students exposure to
people who are eminent, in industry or engineering, in social service, or in public life. Alumni could be invited as
well. Motivational lectures about life, meditation, etc. by Ramakrishna Mission, Art of Living, Vivekanand
Kendras, S-VYASA, etc. may be organized. Workshops which rejuvenate or bring relief to students would also
be welcome, such as, Art of Living workshops (3 sessions, 9 hours).
4.5. Visits in Local Area
A couple of visits to the local landmarks including historical monuments should be organized. This would
familiarize the students with the area together with bonding with each other, like in a picnic. Visits should also
be organized to a hospital, orphanage or a village. These would expose them to people in suffering or to
different lifestyles. This might also sensitize them to engineering needs in these areas.
4.6. Extra-Curricular Activities in College
The new students should be introduced to the extra-curricular activities at the college/university. They
should be shown the facilities and informed about activities related to different clubs etc. This is when selected
senior students involved in or leading these activities can give presentations, under faculty supervision.
37
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20BST219
BASICS TEXTILE CHEMISTRY
L
T
P
C
Hrs
3
0
0
3
45
Course Objectives
• To explain organic compounds of textile industry
• To explain various inorganic compounds used in textile industry
• To explain polymers and polymerization in textile industry
• To explain surfactants and finishing agents used in textile industry
• To explain various material analysis methods
Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1. Understand the basics of organic chemistry and its role. (K2)
CO2. Understand the basics of inorganic chemistry and its role. (K2)
CO3. Understand the bleaching agents and impacts. (K2)
CO4. Recognize the role applications of surfactants and catalysis in engineering and technology.(K3)
CO5. Apply the various instrumental methods of analysis on numerous engineering materials and their
significances. (K4)
UNIT I - ORGANIC COMPOUNDS FOR TEXTILE INDUSTRY (9 Hrs)
Cellulose – structure of cellulose – structural aspects of cotton –waxes. Organic dyes – introduction – colour
and chemical constitution – classification of dyes by structure – examples only– classification of dyes by
methods of application – direct dyes – vat dyes – mordant dyes - azo dyes – disperse dyes – reactive dyes –
examples only - chemistry of reactive dyes – Textile auxiliaries – dyeing auxiliaries – optical brighteners –
printing auxiliaries – synthetic softeners – wetting agents.
UNIT II - INORGANIC COMPOUNDS FOR TEXTILE INDUSTRY (9 Hrs)
Zeolites – types – applications – ion exchange properties of pigments – white pigments- titanium dioxide –
lithopone – zinc oxide – coloured pigments - iron oxide – ultramarine.
UNIT III CHEMICALS AND AUXILIARIES (9 Hrs)
Bleaching agents – Oxidizing bleaching agents, sodium hypochlorite, hydrogen peroxide. Reducing bleaching
agents- sulphur dioxide and sodium hyposulphite. Determination of strength of hydrogen peroxide.
UNIT IV - LAUNDRY REAGENTS (9 Hrs)
Laundry reagents: Soaps, detergents, cleaning action of soaps, indigenous cleaning agents, industrial
cleaning agents, application of perchloroethylene, acetone and petrol. Study on modern cleaning agents.
UNIT V - STAIN REMOVAL AND STIFFENING (9 Hrs)
Stain Removal: Principles of stain removal, classification of stains and stain removers, various solvents for
removing stains like blood, tea, rust, oil/grease, ink, candle wax, fruit juice, gum and other handling stains,
stain removal procedure in garment industries.
Stiffening: Stiffening agents, purpose of stiffening and classification of stiffening agents, preparation and
uses of stiffeners, steps in stiffening process.
Text Books
1. P.C.Jain and Monica Jain, “Engineering Chemistry” Dhanpat Rai Pub, Co., New Delhi, 2018 (17th Edition).
2. N. Panneer Selvam et al., “Chemistry For Textile Technologists – II” by Sonaversity, Sona College of
Technology, Salem, 2019.
38
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
Reference Books
1. O.G. Palanna “Engineering Chemistry” Tata McGraw-Hill Pub.Co.Ltd, New Delhi, 2017.
2. Kannan P., Ravikrishnan A., “Engineering Chemistry”, Sri Krishna Hi-tech Publishing Company Pvt. Ltd.,
Chennai, 2016.
3. H.K. Chopra, A. Parmer, “Chemistry for Engineers”, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi, 110 002, 2016.
4. Gowariker V.R. , Viswanathan N.V. and Jayadev Sreedhar, “Polymer Science”, New Age International P
(Ltd.,), Chennai, 2006
5. Gurdeep R. Chatwal, “Synthetic Organic Chemistry”, Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai, 1994.
6. Dr. C.V. Koushik and Antao Irwin Josico, “Chemical Processing of Textiles Preparatory Processes and
Dyeing”, NCUTE Publication, New Delhi – 110 016.
7. Dantyagi S., “Fundamentals of Textile and Their Care”, Oriental Longmans Ltd, New Delhi, 1996.
8. Noemia D’Souza, “Fabric Care”, New Age International (P) Ltd. Publishers, Chennai, 1998.
9. Shenai V. A., “Technology of Textile Finishing”, Sevak Publications, Bombay, 1995.
10. Davis, “Laundry and Clothing Care”, Drama Book Publishers, 1995.
Web References
1. http://uomtextiletech.blogspot.com/p/basic-textile-chemistry.html
2. https://www.allergystandards.com/news_events/chemicals-in-textiles-and-the-health-implications/
3. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/3373/organic-cotton-processing
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3
-
-
2
3
-
-
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3
-
-
3
2
2
-
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
-
4
2
2
-
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
-
5
2
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
-
-
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
39
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20EST253
APPLIED MECHANICS FOR TEXTILE TECHNOLOGISTS
L
T
P
C
Hrs
3
0
0
3
45
Course Objectives
• To understand the concept of forces and various laws related to force with basic principles, theorems and
concepts of mechanics.
• To understand the concepts like equilibrium, support reactions, friction.
• To understand the moment of inertia and use of simple machines.
• To study and analyse the effect of various types of forces on the bodies in static and dynamic conditions.
• To interpret the concept of transmission of motion and power in various machines by using various drives
and bearings used in textile machines.
Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 - Understand the concept of forces and various laws related to force with basic principles, theorems and
concepts of mechanics. (K2)
CO2 - Understand the concepts like equilibrium, support reactions and friction. (K2)
CO3 - Understand the moment of inertia and use of simple machines. (K2)
CO4 - Analyses the effect of various types of forces on the bodies in static and dynamic conditions.(K3)
CO5 - Interpret the concept of transmission of motion and power in various machines by using various drives
and bearings used in textile machines(K3)
UNIT I - FUNDAMENTALS OF STATICS (9 Hrs)
Statics, dynamics, Fundamental units of measurements, Metric system of units, SI. System, Scalar and Vector
quantities. Force, system of forces, Resultant force and equilibriant, principle of transmissibility of force,
moment of force. Couple, Law of parallelogram of forces, Varignon’s theorem, Composition and resolution of
Coplanar concurrent and nonconcurrent forces.
UNIT II - EQUILIBRIUM (9 Hrs)
Equilibrium of Coplanar forces, Conditions of equilibrium, free body diagram, Lami’s theorem.
Friction:Introduction to friction, types of friction, Laws of friction. (No numerical examples on friction). Beams:
Types of beams, Types of Loads, Types of supports, Analysis of Simply supported beams.
UNIT III - MOMENT OF INERTIA (13 Hrs)
Centroid and Centre of gravity, Centroid of composite areas, Radius of gyration, parallel axis theorem,
perpendicular axis theorem, Moment of inertia of composite sections. Mechanical advantage, velocity ratio,
efficiency, law of machine, effort lost in friction, load lost in friction, Study and numerical examples on simple
machines- Simple screw jack, Simple axle and wheel, differential axle and wheel, worm and worm wheel.
UNIT IV - KINEMATICS AND KINETICS (9 Hrs)
Kinematics of Linear motion: Equations of linear motion with constant and variable acceleration, motion
under gravity.
Kinematics of Angular motion: Relation between angular motion & linear motion, Equations of angular
motion, Centrifugal & centripetal forces, Motion along a curved path, Banking of roads.
Kinetics: Newton’s laws of motion, Mass moment of inertia, D’Alemberts principle, work, power, energy,
impulse, Work- Energy Principle, Impulse- Momentum Principle, Principle of conservation of energy.
UNIT V - TRANSMISSION OF MOTION AND POWER (6 Hrs)
Belt, rope, chain and gear drives, P.I.V. drives, Type of gears and gear drives, Gear trains, velocity ratio,
advantages of gear drives, uses in textile machines, Concept of epicyclic gearing. Types of bearing and their
applications (Only theory, no numerical examples on this topic)
40
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
Text Books:
1. Beer, F.P and Johnson Jr. E.R. “Vector Mechanics for Engineers (In SI Units): Statics and Dynamics”, 8th
Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing company, New Delhi (2004)
2. Vela Murali, “Engineering Mechanics”, Oxford University Press (2010)
Reference Books:
1. Hibbeller, R.C and Ashok Gupta, “Engineering Mechanics: Statics and Dynamics”, 11th Edition, Pearson
Education (2010).
2. Irving H. Shames and Krishna Mohana Rao. G., “Engineering Mechanics – Statics and Dynamics”, 4th
Edition, Pearson Education (2006).
3. J. L. Meriam and L.G.Kraige, “Engineering Mechanics - Statics - Volume 1, Dynamics Volume 2,Third
Edition, John Wiley & Sons, (1993).
4. Rajasekaran, S and Sankarasubramanian, G., “Engineering Mechanics Statics and Dynamics”, 3rd
Edition, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., (2005).
Web References
1. https://www.slideshare.net/sujay762/fundamentals-of-statics
2. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Statics
3. https://www.coursera.org/lecture/fe-exam/basic-concepts-wnaRU
4. https://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary/equilibrium
5. https://www.slideshare.net/Digvijaysinhgohil/transmission-of-motion-and-power-75954636
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
2
2
1
2
-
2
1
1
1
-
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
2
-
2
1
1
1
-
2
2
2
3
2
3
3
2
1
3
-
2
2
1
1
-
2
2
3
3
3
4
2
2
1
3
-
2
2
1
1
-
2
2
3
3
3
5
3
2
1
3
-
2
2
1
1
-
2
2
3
2
2
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
41
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20EST254
BASIC ENGINEERING GRAPHICS FOR TEXTILE
DESIGNING
L
T
P
C
Hrs
3
0
0
3
45
Course Objectives
• To understand procedure for converting a pictorial view into orthographic view.
• To understand procedure for converting an orthographic view in to isometric view.
• To understand procedure for drawing Development and anti-developmentof solids such as cone, cylinder,
prism and pyramid.
• To study IS convections for various materials and mechanical elements,free hand sketches of various
mechanisms used in textile machines.
• To know the use of Auto- CAD Commands.
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 - Draw orthographic views from a given pictorial view. (K2)
CO2 - Draw isometric view from given orthographic views. (K2)
CO3 - Draw Development and anti-development of solids such as cone, cylinder, prism and pyramid.(K3)
CO4 - Draw IS convections for various materials and mechanical elements, free hand sketches of various
mechanisms used in textile machines. (K3)
CO5 - To write Commands for various entities in Auto-CAD. (K4)
UNIT 1 (9 Hrs)
CONCEPTS AND CONVENTIONS (Not for Examination)
Importance of graphics in engineering applications – Use of drafting instruments – BIS conventions and
specifications – Size, layout and folding of drawing sheets – Lettering and dimensioning.
ORTHOGRAPHIC PROJECTION: Principles of orthographic projection-projection of points, straight lines,
planes and solids. Orthographic projection of simple engineering components – missing view exercises.
Drawing orthographic projections of computer components.
UNIT 2 (9 Hrs)
PICTORIAL PROJECTIONS: Principles of pictorial views, isometric view of simple engineering components.
Orthographic views from given pictorial views. Isometric views from given two or three views. Drawing
isometric views of typical electronic components.
UNIT 3 (9 Hrs)
SECTION OF SOLIDS: Section of regular solids, types of sections, selection of section views. Sectional views
of simple engineering components. Drawing sectional views of assemblies like electric motor, mobile phone.
UNIT 4 (9 Hrs)
DEVELOPMENT OF SURFACES: Development of lateral surfaces of regular solids and truncated solids.
Preparing parts like cubes, prisms, pyramids, cylinders, cones, tray, funnel, CPU housing using CAD
software.
UNIT 5 (9 Hrs)
TEXTILE MACHINE DESIGNING BY AUTO- CAD
(2D/3D CAD software) Making sketches various textile machine parts used in spinning, weaving & Knitting
Commands for drawing lines, circles, polygons, ellipse etc.
Text Books
1. Natrajan K.V., “A text book of Engineering Graphics”, Dhanalakshmi Publishers, Chennai, 2009.
2. Venugopal K.andPrabhu Raja V., “Engineering Graphics”, New Age International (P) Limited,2008.
42
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
Reference Books
1. Basant Agarwal and Agarwal C.M., “Engineering Drawing”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company
Limited, New Delhi,2008.
2. Bhatt N.D. and Panchal V.M., “Engineering Drawing”, Charotar Publishing House, 50th Edition,2010.
3. Gopalakrishna K.R., “Engineering Drawing” (Vol. I&II combined), Subhas Stores, Bangalore,2007.
4. Luzzader, Warren.J. and Duff,John M., “Fundamentals of Engineering Drawing with an introduction to
Interactive Computer Graphics for Design and Production, Eastern Economy Edition, Prentice Hall of
India Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi,2005.
5. N S Parthasarathy And Vela Murali, “Engineering Graphics”, Oxford University, Press, New Delhi,2015.
6. Shah M.B., and Rana B.C., “Engineering Drawing”, Pearson, 2nd Edition,2009.
Web References
1. http://www.designamid.com/magazine.php?pageno=221
2. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Textile_design
3. https://www.slideshare.net/AniketSuryawanshi/sections-of-solids
4. https://www.slideshare.net/kashyapshah11/development-of-surfaces-of-solids
5. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/5085/computer-aided-textile-designing
Special points applicable to End Semester Examinations on BASIC ENGINEERING GRAPHICS FOR
TEXTILE DESIGNING:
1. There will be five questions, each of either or type covering all units of the syllabus.
2. All questions will carry equal marks of 20 each making a total of 100.
3. The answer paper shall consist of drawing sheets of A3 size only. The students will be permitted to use
appropriate scale to fit solution within A3 size. The examination will be conducted in appropriate sessions on
the same day
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
3
-
1
-
-
1
-
-
-
1
-
1
-
1
1
2
3
-
1
-
-
2
-
-
-
1
-
2
-
1
1
3
3
-
2
-
-
2
-
-
-
1
-
2
-
2
1
4
3
-
2
-
-
2
-
-
-
1
-
2
-
2
1
5
3
-
2
-
2
2
-
-
-
1
-
3
-
2
1
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
43
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTT203
BASICS OF YARN AND FABRIC MANUFACTURING
L
T
P
C
Hrs
3
0
0
3
45
Course Objectives
• To enable the students to learn about the basics of machines used in yarn formation
• To learn the modern spinning system
• To learn the yarn numbring system
• To understand the different type of yarn production system
• To learn basics cocept of machines used in fabric formation techniques.
Course Outcomes (COs)
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 - Analyze the principles of preparatory process in spinning and comprehend their production and quality
parameters. (K3)
CO2 - Analyze the principles of modern spinning systems and comprehend their production and quality
parameters. (K3)
CO3 - Classify the different types of yarn numbering techniques. (K2)
CO4 - Process sequence for producing different types of yarns(K3)
CO5 - Explain the principles of fabric formation in looms and classify the types of fabrics produced in them.
(K4)
UNIT I GINNING (9 Hrs)
Ginning: Linear density systems for textile materials; Ginning – objectives, types, working principle
and ginning performance on yarn quality.
UNIT II INTRODUCTION TO SPINNING (9 Hrs)
Introduction to spinning: Process flow chart of conversion fibre into yarn. Objectives of each process.
Passage of material through blow room, card, draw frame, speed frame, comber and ring frame machines.
UNIT III YARN NUMBRING (6 Hrs)
Yarn- Types of Yarns, Its Classification and numbering system and classification
UNIT IV MODERN SPINNING SYSTEMS (9 Hrs)
MODERN SPINNING SYSTEMS: Definition and Classification and its principle. Objectives and Principle of
different spinning system – rotor, friction, air-jet and air vortex spinning machines ; core, wrap spinning
system, comparison of yarn properties
UNIT V BASICS OF FABRIC PRODUCTION (12 Hrs)
Woven fabric – warp, weft, weaving, path of warp; looms – classification, handloom and its parts, powerloom,
automatic looms, shuttleless looms, special type of looms; preparatory machines for weaving process and
their objectives; basic weaving mechanism - primary, secondary and auxiliary mechanisms; knitting –
classification, principle, types of fabrics; nonwoven process – classification, principle, types of fabrics.
Text Books
1. Werner Klein , “The Rieter Manual of Spinning, Volume.1 – Technology of Short staple Spinning”, Rieter
Machine Works Limited, Switzerland, 2008.
2. Werner Klein,“The Rieter Manual of Spinning, Volume.2 – Bloow room& Carding”, Rieter Machine Works
Limited, Switzerland,2008.
3. Werner Klein,“The Rieter Manual of Spinning, Volume.3 – Spinning Preparation”, Rieter Machine Works
Limited, Switzerland, 2008.
4. Vaidya A. A., “Production of Synthetic Fibres”, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi,1988
5. Nakasjima (English edition, edited by Kajiwara K. and McIntyre J. E.), “Advanced Fibre Spinning
Technology”, Wood head Publication Ltd., England, 1994.
44
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
Reference Books
1. Oxtoby E., “Spun Yarn Technology “, Butterworth Publications, London, 1987
2. Lord P.R., “Yarn Production: Science, Technology and Economics”, The Textile Institute, Manchester,
1999
3. Shaw J., “Short-staple Ring Spinning, Textile Progress”, The Textile Institute, Manchester, 1982
4. Iredale J., “Yarn Preparation: A Handbook “, Intermediate Technology, 1992.
5. Ajgaonkar, D.B., “Sizing, Materials, Methods and Machines”, Textile Trade Press, Mumbai,1982.
6. “Weaving: The knowledge in Technology”, Papers Presented at the Textile Institute Weaving Conference
1998, Textile Institute, ISBN: 18770372182
7. Booth J.E., “Textile Mathematics Volume 3”, The Textile Institute, Manchester, 1977, ISBN: 090073924X
8. Lord P.R. and Mohamed M.H., “Weaving: Conversion of Yarn to Fabric”, Merrow, 1992, ISBN:
090409538X
Web References
1. https://www.cotton.org/pubs/cottoncounts/fieldtofabric/gin.cfm
2. https://www.onlineclothingstudy.com/2019/03/introduction-to-spinning-process-worsted.html
3. https://study.com/academy/lesson/what-is-spinning-in-textiles-definition-process.html
4. https://textilestudycenter.com/yarn-numbering-system/
5. https://www.textileschool.com/246/basics-weaving-woven-fabrics/
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
1
2
2
-
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
-
-
2
1
1
2
-
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
-
-
3
2
3
2
-
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
4
2
3
2
-
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
-
5
2
2
2
-
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
-
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
45
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTT204
CONCEPTS OF FASHION AND DESIGN
L
T
P
C
Hrs
3
0
0
3
45
Course Objectives
• To explain the basic concepts of fashion design.
• To explain and illustrate various elements of design.
• To explain and illustrate various colour concepts.
• To explain basic tools and equipment used for fashion drawing.
• To explain drawing of human body by using 8, 10, 12 head measurements.
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 - Work as a member of team and demonstrate practical applications of various elements and principles
of art in fashion dress designing.(K4)
CO2 - Choose appropriate design details to rectify body irregularities. (K2)
CO3 - Use appropriate tools and equipments for fashion drawing. (K3)
CO4 - Analyze and create 8- head, 10- head and 12- head figures. (K3)
CO5 - Application of computer aided fashion in apparel industry. (K4)
UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO FASHION DESIGN (6 Hrs)
Definition and meaning of design, aspects of design: structural, functional & decorative. Optical illusion and its
role in fashion designing.
UNIT II ELEMENTS OF DESIGN (6 Hrs)
Elements of Design –line, shape, form, size, colour, texture and pattern; principles of design - Harmony,
Balance, Rhythm, Emphasis and Proportion; introducing elements and principles of design in apparels.
UNIT III COLOUR CONCEPTS (9 Hrs)
Colour – definition; dimensions of colour-hue, value and intensity; colour categories and psychology - warm
and cool colours; advancing and receding colours; colour theories – Prang colour system and Munsell colour
system; colour harmonies.
UNIT IV FASHION CONCEPTS (12 Hrs)
Fashion Terminology - Fashion, Fad, Trend, Classic, High Fashion, Mass Fashion. Fashion Cycle. Fashion
theories – Trickle up, Trickle down and Trickle across theory. Art materials: features, advantages, limitations
and applications. Pen and Ink Techniques. Wash Techniques. Figure drawing versus fashion illustration. 8-
head, 10-head, 12-head female figure illustration. Male figure illustration.
UNIT V COMPUTER AIDED FASHION DESIGN (12 Hrs)
Vector versus bitmap software. Tools, menus and workspace in Adobe Photoshop, Adobe Illustrator and
CorelDraw. Bitmap software: Basic Photo Corrections, various selection techniques, layers, masking of layers,
colour applications, filters, etc. Vector Software: working with pen, freehand tools, text, colour and texture,
mesh tools, blend tool, interactive fill tools, and tracing bitmaps.
Text Books:
1. Suzanne G. Marshall and Hazel O. Jackson, “Individuality in Clothing and Personal Appearance”, Prentice
Hall, New Jersey, 2000, ISBN: 0023622008 / ISBN: 978- 0023622007.
2. Kathryn McKelvey and Janine Munslow, “Fashion Design: Process, Innovation and Practice”, Blackwell
Publishing, USA, 2005, ISBN: 978-0-470-65577-1.
3. Angel Fernandez and Gabriel Martin Roig, “Drawing for fashion designers”, Anova books company ltd.,
UK, 2007, ISBN: 0713490756 / ISBN: 978-0713490756.
4. G.J. Sumathi , “Elements of Fashion and Apparel Design”, 2002, New Age International (P) Ltd. ISBN:
8122413714.
5. John Hopkins, Fashion Design: The Complete Guide, 2012, AVA Book Production Pvt. Ltd. ISBN:
9782940411528.
46
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
Reference Books:
1. Diane T. and Cassidy T., “Colour forecasting”, Blackwell Publishing, 2005, ISBN: 1405121203 / ISBN:
978-1405121200.
2. Elaine Stone and Jean A. Samples, “Fashion Merchandising”, McGraw-Hill Book Company, 1985, ISBN:
0070617422.
3. Elizabeth Rouse, “Understanding Fashion”, Blackwell Scientific Publication, Oxford, 1989, ISBN:
0632018917 / ISBN: 9780632018918.
4. Harold Carr, “Fashion Design and Product Development”, John Wiley and Sons Inc., NewYork,1992,
ISBN: 978-0-632-02893.
5. Marian L. Davis, “Visual Design and Dress”, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 1996, ISBN: 0131121294 / ISBN:
978-0131121294.
Web References
1. https://www.slideshare.net/simiraaj/introduction-on-fashion-designing-concepts-in-fashion
2. https://www.universalclass.com/i/course/fashion-design-101.htm
3. https://purushu.com/2010/08/elements-of-design-in-fashion.html
4. https://inifdahmedabad.com/blog/importance-of-cad-in-fashion-industry/
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
3
3
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3
3
-
2
3
3
3
2
-
-
-
2
-
-
-
2
3
2
-
3
3
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
-
4
3
3
2
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
2
5
3
2
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
-
-
-
2
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High
47
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTT205
FABRIC SURFACE DESIGN
L
T
P
C
Hrs
2
0
1
3
45
Course Objectives
• To understand the importance of Surface ornamentation
• To understand Indian Traditional embroideries
• To teach and train the students the basics of hand and machine embroidery.
• To impart knowledge on various types of hand and machine embroidery stitches.
Fabric Surface Design
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 - Describe the importance of Surface ornamentation. (K2)
CO2 - Describe the importance of Traditional embroideries. (K3)
CO3 - Attain knowledge on the tools and techniques used in embroidery(K4)
CO4 - Identify the different hand embroidery stitches used in Indian traditional embroidery. (K3)
CO5 - Recognize the processes involved in the machine and computerized embroidery. (K3)
UNIT I SURFACE ORNAMENTATION (6 Hrs)
Surface ornamentation - introduction and importance, various methods and techniques, factors influencing the
selection of ornamentations. Tools and equipment required.
UNIT II HAND STITCHES (10 Hrs)
Hand Embroidery - selection of needle, thread and fabric, design transferring methods. Stitch classification -
temporary stitches and permanent stitches. Temporary stitches - basting even, basting uneven, diagonal and
slip basting. Permanent stitches - running stitches, hemming, slip stitch, run and back stitch, over casting and
whip stitch.
UNIT III TRADITIONAL EMBROIDERY (9 Hrs)
Traditional embroideries of India – Phulkari of Punjab, Kasuti of Karnataka, Kashida of Kashmiri, Kutch work
of Gujarath, Chikankari of Uttar Pradesh and Kantha of Bengal. Tribal embroideries- Toda, Banjara, Assam -
Motif designs, fabric, colours and threads and materials used for embroidery.
UNIT IV MACHINE EMBROIDERY (8 Hrs)
Machine embroidery - basic principles and operation, types of stitches, developments in embroidery
machines. Selection of fabrics and accessories for machine embroidery.
UNIT V COMPUTERIZED EMBROIDERY (12 Hrs)
Computerized embroidery machines - principles, types, special attachments and software used. Single and
multi-head embroidery machine - parts, functions and features. Production Process – Concept of designing,
punching, digitizing, special effects, networking. Selection of thread, color and stitches. Quality and production
control.
Text Books:
1. Shailaja D. Naik, “Traditional Embroideries of India”, API Publishing Corporation, New Delhi, 2010.
2. Shailaja D. Naik and A. Jacquie Wilson, “Surface Designing of Textile Fabrics”, New Age International, 2006.
Reference Books:
1. Joan Nicholson, “Contemporary Embroidery Design”, Read Books, 2011
2. Mildred Graves Ryan, Marta Cone, “The Complete Encyclopedia of Stitchery”, Sterling Publishing Company,
2005.
3. Gail Lawther, “Inspirational Ideas for Embroidery on Clothes and Accessories”, Search Press Ltd., 1993.
Web References
1. https://thedesigncart.com/blogs/news/surface-ornamentation-history-and-types
2. https://www.yourlibaas.com/blogs/fashion/10-traditional-embroideries-of-india
3. https://www.thesprucecrafts.com/learn-stitches-and-hand-sewing-projects-2978472
48
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
4. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Machine_embroidery
5. http://sewingmachinebuffs.com/what-is-computerized-embroidery/
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
2
1
-
-
-
2
-
-
3
-
-
-
-
2
-
2
2
1
-
-
-
2
-
-
3
-
-
-
-
2
-
3
2
1
-
-
-
2
-
-
3
-
-
-
-
2
-
4
2
1
-
-
-
2
-
-
3
-
-
-
-
2
-
5
2
1
-
-
-
2
-
-
3
-
-
-
-
2
-
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High
49
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20ESP255
BASIC ENGINEERING GRAPHICS FOR TEXTILE LAB
L
T
P
C
Hrs
0
0
2
1
30
Course Objectives
• To develop graphic skills for communication of concepts, ideas and design of engineering products.
• To expose the various design of fashion
• To explose the barnd design creation
• To expose them to standardized technical drawings.
• To extend the skill to use software for creating 2D and 3D models.
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 - Familiarize with the fundamentals and standards of engineering graphics
CO2 - Perform freehand sketching of basic geometrical constructions and multiple views of objects.
CO3 - Plan orthographic projections of lines and plane surfaces.
CO4 - Draw projections, solids and development of surfaces.
CO5 - Visualize the project isometric and perspective sections of simple solids.
CO6 - Draft software packages for drafting and modelling.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Study of capabilities of software for Drafting and Modeling – Coordinate systems (absolute, relative, polar,
etc.) – Creation of simple figures like polygon and general multi-line figures.
2. Drawing of a Title Block with necessary text and projection symbol.
3. Drawing of curves like parabola, spiral, involute using Bspline or cubic spline.
4. Drawing of front view and top view of simple solids like prism, pyramid, cylinder, cone, etc.,
andDimensioning.
5. Drawing front view, top view and side view of objects from the given pictorial views (eg. Vblock,Base of a
mixie, Simple stool, Objects with hole and curves).
6. Drawing of a plan of residential building (Two bed rooms, kitchen, hall, etc.)
7. Drawing of a simple steel truss.
8. Drawing sectional views of prism, pyramid, cylinder, cone, etc,
9. Drawing isometric projection of simple objects.
10. Creation of 3-D models of simple objects and obtaining 2-D multi-view drawings from 3-Dmodel.
Note: Plotting of drawings must be made for each exercise and attached to the records written
byStudents.
Reference Books
1. James D. Bethune, Engineering Graphics with AutoCAD A Spectrum book 1st Edition, Macromedia Press,
Pearson, 2020
2. NS Parthasarathy and Vela Murali, Engineering Drawing, Oxford university press, 2015.
3. M.B Shah, Engineering Graphics, ITL Education Solutions Limited, Pearson Education Publication, 2011
4. Bhatt N.D and Panchal V.M, Engineering Drawing: Plane and Solid Geometry, Charotar Publishing House,
2017.
5. Jeyapoovan T, Engineering Drawing and Graphics Using AutoCAD, 7th Edition, Vikas Publishing House
Pvt Ltd., New Delhi, 2016
6. C M Agrawal, Basant Agrawal, Engineering Graphics,McGraw Hill, 2012
7. Dhananjay A. Jolhe, Engineering Drawing: With An Introduction To CAD McGraw Hill, 2016
8. James Leach, AutoCAD 2017 Instructor, SDC Publications, 2016.
Web References
1. http://vlabs.iitb.ac.in/vlabs-dev/labs/mit_bootcamp/egraphics_lab/labs/index.php
50
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
3
-
1
-
-
-
-
2
2
-
-
2
-
1
2
2
3
-
1
-
-
-
-
2
2
-
-
2
-
2
2
3
3
-
1
-
-
-
-
2
2
-
-
2
-
3
3
4
3
-
1
-
-
-
-
2
2
-
-
2
-
3
3
5
3
-
1
-
-
-
-
2
2
-
-
2
-
2
2
6
3
-
1
-
2
-
-
2
2
-
-
2
-
2
2
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
51
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTP202
TEXTILE MANUFACTURING LAB
L
T
P
C
Hrs
0
0
2
1
30
Course Objectives
• To enable the students to learn technology of yarn manufacturing
• To enable the students to handle spinning machines for effective operation
• To enable th student to learn technology of fabric manufacturing
• To handle the weaving machines for various components
• To train the students on different mechanisms of various weaving mechanism
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 – Manufacture yarn using the sequence of Blowroom, Carding, Drawing and Spinning.(k2)
CO2 - Understand the material passage in the machine gearing diagram. (k2)
CO3 - Identify the components of spinning and weaving machines (k3)
CO4 - Calculate draft, twist and production rate of spinning machines(k3)
CO5 - Understand the mechanism of weaving machine(k2)
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Study on working of Opening Machine machine in Blowroom line
2. Study on working of Mixing and Blending Machines .
3. Study on working of Carding.
4. Study on working of Draw frame.
5. Study on working of Comber.
6. Study on working of Speed frame.
7. Study on working of Ring frame and Rotor spinning.
8. Determination of yarn type, linear density and twist
9. Study and fabric development in shuttle looms – Non- Automatic
10. Study and fabric development in shuttle looms – Automatic looms.
11. Study and fabric development in shuttle looms – Terry weaving
12. Study and fabric development in shuttleless looms – Flexible rapier
13. Study and fabric development in shuttleless looms – Air Jet
14. Practice on designs development in Jacquard looms and fabric development.
Reference Books
1. Laboratory Manual prepared by the Department of Fashion Technology, 2020.
2. Werner Klein , “The Rieter Manual of Spinning, Volume.1 – Technology of Short staple Spinning”, Rieter
Machine Works Limited, Switzerland, 2008.
3. Werner Klein,“The Rieter Manual of Spinning, Volume.2 – Bloow room& Carding”, Rieter Machine Works
Limited, Switzerland,2008.
4. Werner Klein,“The Rieter Manual of Spinning, Volume.3 – Spinning Preparation”, Rieter Machine Works
Limited, Switzerland, 2008.
5. Vaidya A. A., “Production of Synthetic Fibres”, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi,1988
6. Nakasjima (English edition, edited by Kajiwara K. and McIntyre J. E.), “Advanced Fibre Spinning
Technology”, Wood head Publication Ltd., England, 1994.
Web References
1. https://www.cotton.org/pubs/cottoncounts/fieldtofabric/gin.cfm
2. https://www.onlineclothingstudy.com/2019/03/introduction-to-spinning-process-worsted.html
3. https://study.com/academy/lesson/what-is-spinning-in-textiles-definition-process.html
4. https://textilestudycenter.com/yarn-numbering-system/
5. https://www.textileschool.com/246/basics-weaving-woven-fabrics/
52
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
3
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
1
2
-
-
2
3
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
1
2
-
-
3
3
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
1
2
-
-
4
3
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
1
2
-
-
5
3
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
1
2
-
-
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
53
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTP203
FASHION AND DESIGN CONCEPTS LAB
L
T
P
C
Hrs
0
0
2
1
30
Course Objectives
• To explain and illustrate various elements of design
• To explain and illustrate various principles of design
• To explain basic tools and equipment used for fashion drawing.
• To explain drawing of human body by using 8, 10, 12 head measurements.
• To explain Photoshop and Corel draw
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 - Work as a member of team and demonstrate practical applications of various elements and principles
of art in fashion dress designing. (K3)
CO2 - Choose appropriate design details to rectify body irregularities. (K4)
CO3 - Use appropriate tools and equipments for fashion drawing. (K4)
CO4 - Analyze and create 8- head, 10- head and 12- head figures. (K4)
CO5 - Analyze and create various design by Photoshop and Corel draw (K4)
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. To study elements of design.
2. Development of a color wheel - Primary, Secondary and Tertiary colours , Neutral , warm colours, cool
colours
3. To study psychological characteristics of colors.
4. To study tint, shade & tone of color.
5. Development of various textures.
6. To study principles of design.
7. Drawing of human body with the help of 8 head theory of body Measurements.
8. Drawing of human body with the help of 10 head theory of body Measurements.
9. Drawing of human body with the help of 12 head theory of body Measurements
10. Study tools, menus and workspace of Adobe Photoshop.
11. Study tools, menus and workspace of Adobe Illustrator.
12. Study tools, menus and workspace of CorelDraw.
Reference Books
1. Laboratory Manual prepared by the Department of Fashion Technology, 2020
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
-
-
3
-
3
-
-
-
-
2
-
-
2
1
-
2
-
2
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
-
2
1
-
3
-
2
3
-
3
-
-
2
-
2
-
-
2
1
-
4
-
-
3
-
3
-
-
2
-
2
-
-
2
-
1
5
-
-
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
3
-
2
-
1
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High
54
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTC2XX CERTIFICATION COURSES II
L
T
P
C
Hrs
0
0
4
-
50
Students shall choose an International certification course offered by the reputed organizations like
Google, Microsoft, IBM, Texas Instruments, Bentley, Autodesk, Eplan and CISCO, etc. The duration of the
course is 40-50 hours specified in the curriculum, which will be offered through Centre of Excellence.
Pass /Fail will be determined on the basis of participation, attendance, performance and completion
of the course. If a candidate Fails, he/she has to repeat the course in the subsequent years. Pass in this
course is mandatory for the award of degree.
55
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTS201
SKILL DEVELOPMENT COURSE 1
(Choose anyone of the below three courses)
L
T
P
C
Hrs
0
0
2
-
30
1. DEVELOPMENT OF FASHION MODEL
Course Content:
1. Creating products or designs based on the principles and elements of design
2. Design a garment or a product by draping or flat pattern making or by using hands on skill or stitching to
construct the product to meet desired specification
3. Elements and principles of design
4. Process of motif development
5. Thematic process of motif development
6. Application of design concepts in fabrics and fashion products.
7. Portfolio of accessory materials
8. Introduction to traditional and contemporary designs
9. Product development portfolio with the designs created for apparel and interiors
10. Sketching of Indian jewellery: Mughal Jewellery, Thewa, Kundan Jewellery, Temple Jewellery and
construction of contemporized design inspired by traditional Indian jewellery.
11. Sketching of accessories on women and mencroqui.
12. Sketching of accessories on men and mencroqui.
13. Sketching of accessories on children’s and mencroqui.
2. COLOUR AND FASHION
Course Content:
1. COLOUR THEORY: Primary, secondary, tertiary, and colour wheel
2. COLOUR KNOWLEDGE: Colour and light, colour and vision, Colour terminologies – hue, intensity,
value, colour temperature, undertones, neutrals, clash, metamerism
3. COLOUR PHYSICS: Light, light sources and light interactions, nature of colours, types of colorants and
observers, measurement of colour, systems of standardized tristimulus values, color qualities,
colorimetry and the cie system, colour order systems, colour spaces, colour difference and colour scales,
colour in visual displays, colour and composition, pattern of colour
4. COLOUR PSYCHOLOGY AND LANGUAGE: colour psychology: colour psychology to everyday life,
psychological effects of cool colours, psychological effects of warm colours, psychology of colour for
advertising and marketing, common psychological effects of colours.
5. COLOR LANGUAGE : Color symbolism, color naturalism, color for fashion, art and interior design,
colors in contemporary life, affective value of color, attention value of color, communicating in colour,
perceptions of colour – physical factors, colour names, colour as light, colour as pigment, colour and print
6. COLOUR HARMONY: Early colour theory and evolution of colour wheel – goethe and colour perception,
cherreul‘s expanded colour wheel, colour theory - contemporary colour theory – munsell, itten and alters
colour wheel, building subtractive colour wheel.
56
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
3. DESIGN AND DATA COLLECTION
1. Preparation of colour palette from various sources.
2. Collection of different textures
3. Preparing a design collection for the following:
Men‘s wear – Formal, casual and party wears
Women‘s wear - Formal, casual and party wears
Kids wear - Formal, casual and party wears
4. Collection of Indian designer‘s profile and designs.
5. Collection of International designer‘s profile and designs.
6. Collection of fashion accessories
7. Portfolio styles and presentation
57
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTM202
ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE
L
T
P
C
Hrs
2
0
0
0
30
We as human being are not an entity separate from the environment around us rather we are a
constituent seamlessly integrated and co-exist with the environment around us. We are not an entity
so separate from the environment that we can think of mastering and controlling it rather we must
understand that each and every action of ours reflects on the environment and vice versa. Ancient
wisdom drawn from Vedas about environment and its sustenance reflects these ethos. There is a
direct application of this wisdom even in modern times. Idea of an activity based course on
environment protection is to sensitize the students on the above issues through following two type of
activities.
(a) Awareness Activities:
i. Small group meetings about water management, promotion of recycle use, generation of less
waste, avoiding electricity waste
ii. Slogan making event
iii. Poster making event
iv. Cycle rally
v. Lectures from experts
(b) Actual Activities:
i) Plantation
ii) Gifting a tree to see its full growth
iii) Cleanliness drive
iv) Drive for segregation of waste
v) To live some big environmentalist for a week or so to understand his work
vi) To work in kitchen garden for mess
vii) To know about the different varieties of plants
viii) Shutting down the fans and ACs of the campus for an hour or so
58
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20BST327
OPERATIONS RESEARCH AND
STATISTICAL METHODS
L
T
P
C
Hrs
2
2
0
3
60
COURSE OBJECTIVES
• To know the formulation and solution of LPP
• To learn the optimization technique to the transportation and assignment problems
• To acquire knowledge in project management problems
• To understand the application of testing of hypothesis
• To gain knowledge about distributions.
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1- solve the linear programming problem using suitable methods.(K3)
CO2 - Apply the optimization technique to the transportation and assignment problems. (K3)
CO3 - Analyze project management problems using project evaluation and review technique and
critical path method.(K2)
CO4 - Test the hypothesis for proportions, mean and standard deviation using test. (K3)
CO5 - Test the significance of the hypothesis using and distributions. (K2)
UNIT – I LINEAR PROGRAMMING PROBLEM (12 Hrs)
Linear programming problem - Mathematical formulation – Graphical solution method – Canonical
and standard forms of Linear Programming Problem – Simplex method (using slack variables only) –
Use of artificial variables – Big-M method.
UNIT – II TRANSPORTATION AND ASSIGNMENT PROBLEMS (12 Hrs)
Transportation problem – Initial basic feasible solution – North west corner rule – Least cost method
– Vogel’s approximation method – Modified distribution method – Assignment problem – Hungarian
method
UNIT – III NETWORK ANALYSIS (12 Hrs)
Project evaluation and review technique – Critical path method – Cost considerations in project
evaluation and review technique and critical path method.
UNIT – IV TESTING OF SIGNIFICANCE FOR LARGE SAMPLES (12 Hrs)
Parameter and statistic – Null and alternative hypothesis – Errors in sampling, critical region and
level of significance – One tailed and two tailed tests – Testing of hypothesis for proportions, mean,
and standard deviation using test.
UNIT – V EXACT SAMPLING DISTRIBUTIONS (12 Hrs)
tests for independence of attributes, goodness of fit – test for population variance – test for
single mean, difference between means and paired test and test for variance
Text Books:
1. P. K. Gupta and D. S. Hira, “Problems in Operation Research”, Sultan Chand and Sons
Publishers, 4th Edition, 2015.
2. T. Veerarajan, “Probability, Statistics and Random Processes with Queueing Theory and
Queueing Networks”, McGraw Hill Publishers, 4th Edition (7th reprint), 2018.
Reference books:
1. H. A. Taha, “Operation Research: An Introduction”, Pearson Publishers, 9th Edition, 2014.
2. S. P. Gupta, “Statistical Methods”, Sultan Chand and Sons Publishers, 15th Edition, 2012.
3. S. C. Gupta, V. K. Kapoor, “Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics”, Sultan Chand and Sons
Publishers, 11th Edition (Reprint), 2019.
4. R. A. Johnson and C. B. Gupta, “Miller and Freund’s, “Probability and Statistics for Engineers”,
Pearson Publishers, 9th Edition, 2018.
5. S. Ross, “A first course in probability”, Pearson Publishers, 9th Edition, 2019.
6. P. G. Hoel, S. C. Port and C. J. Stone, “Introduction to Probability Theory”, Universal Book Stall
Publishers, (Reprint), 2003.
59
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
Web Resources
1. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/313880623
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117/103/117103017/
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/111/107111107128/
4. https://youtu.be/MrOwmSYqkiE
5. https://youtu.be/4U3B5lr-MqM
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
3
3
3
2
-
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
3
3
3
2
-
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3
3
3
3
2
-
1
-
-
-
-
2
1
-
-
-
4
3
3
3
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
1
-
-
-
5
2
3
3
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
-
-
-
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High
60
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTT306
FASHION ILLUSTRATION
L
T
P
C
Hrs
3
0
0
3
45
Course Objectives
• Explain difference between real and fashion figure proportions.
• Demonstrate the fashion fantasy.
• Demonstrate drawing of female, male and children fashion figures.
• Demonstrate rendering of garments and accessories.
• Describe flats and specs for women, men, and children.
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 - Explain rules of fashion figure proportions.(K3)
CO2 - Explain the photograph and fashion fantasy (K3)
CO3 - Draw fashion figures. (K4)
CO4 - Illustrate various types of fabrics and garments with appropriate draping & rendering technique. (K4)
CO5 - Draw technical drawings for women, men, and children garments. (K4)
UNIT 1. FIGURE PROPORTIONS: (9 Hrs)
Greek rules of body proportions. Golden Mean, Real Figure versus fashion figure. 8 head theory, 10 head
theory and 12 Head Theory. Robotised fashion figure. Tone mannequins. Fleshing out. Profile figure, Three-
quarter turned figure. Proportional analysis of head and facial features: eyes, nose, mouth and ear. Hairstyles.
Structural analysis of arm, hand, and leg.
UNIT 2. PHOTOGRAPH TO FASHION FANTASY: (9 Hrs)
Drawing from photographs: balance line, movement and balance, importance of center front, and angles.
Attitude in poses. Stylization. Rotation and counter rotation of body. Multiple poses with a fixed upper body.
Models on catwalk. Focus techniques: full shot, medium shot, knee shot, waist shot, close-up, extreme close-
up and detail shot.
UNIT 3. DRAWING MALE & KIDS FIGURE: (9 Hrs)
Figure Proportions features of Female, male figure, male facial features versus female facial features, figure,
drawing male figures, female figures. Figure Analysis- Types of figure Drawing hairstyle, difference between
male and female figure gestures. Proportions as per children’s age groups: Infants, Toddlers, Child, Teen.
UNIT 4. CLOTHED FIGURE: (9 Hrs)
Draping of folds on clothed figure. Basic body movements and main types of fabric folds: S-shaped, trap &
closure, radial, direct thrust, flying & organ-pipe, compressed, fragmented, angular, and hanging folds.
Flounces and ruffles. Flat folds and pleats. Giving volume to folds. Lacing & drawstrings.
UNIT 5. RENDERING AND TECHNICAL DRAWING OF GARMENTS: (9 Hrs)
Rendering skin tone. Rendering materials like denim, chiffon, satin, taffeta, gouache, gauze, net, velvet, knits,
fur, silk, wool, etc. Rendering black garments. Rendering hairs. Rendering accessories: hats, shoes, scarves,
bags, belts, gloves, sunglasses, etc. Tailor’s dummy. Size measurement. Production or specification sheet. Fit
& Silhouettes. Flats for women. Flats for men. Flats for children.
Text Books:
1. Fashion Illustration, Anna Kiper, David & Charles Book, 2011
2. Fashion Illustration Children, Patric, John Ireland, BT Bastford Ltd, 2005
3. Vandana Bhenderi, “Costume, Textiles and Jewellery of India – Traditions in Rajasthan”, Prakash
Books, New Delhi, 2004.
61
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
4. Fashion Sketchbook by BinaAbling (2012), Bloomsbury Publishing India Private Limited. ISBN:
1609012283.
5. Illustrating Fashion: Concept to Creation by Steven Stipelman (2010), Fairchild Books. ISBN:
1563678306.
6. Illustrating Fashion by Kathryn McKelvey and Janine Munslow (2007), Wiley Blackwell Publication.
ISBN: 1405139528.
Reference Books
1. Figure Drawing for Fashion Design by ElisabettaDrudi (2010), The Pepin Press. ISBN: 9054961503.
2. Figure Drawing for Men's Fashion by ElisabettaDrudi (2014), The Pepin Press. ISBN: 9054961554.
3. Fabric Texture and Patterns by ElisabettaDrudi (2008), The Pepin Press. ISBN: 9057681129.
4. Fashion Drawing: The basic principles by Anne Allen and Julian Seaman (2003), Batsford. ISBN:
0713470968.
5. Rendering Fashion, Fabric and Prints With Adobe Photoshop by Steve Greenberg and M. K. Colussy
(2007), Pearson Education. ISBN: 8131709973.
6. Fashion Artist: Drawing Techniques to Portfolio Presentation by Sandra Burke (2013), Burke
Publishing. ISBN: 0958273383.
7. Fashion Design Drawing and Presentation by Patrick John (1982), Batsford Ltd. ISBN: 0713435194.
8. Fashion Design Illustration (Women) by Patrick John (1993), Batsford Ltd. ISBN: 0713466227.
9. Fashion Design Illustration (Men) by Patrick John (1996), Batsford Ltd. ISBN:0713466235.
Web References
1. https://www.illustrationhistory.org/essays/fashion-illustration-from-the-16th-century-to-now
2. https://www.digitalartsonline.co.uk/features/illustration/22-fashion-illustration-techniques/
3. https://medium.com/iskn/fashion-illustration-basics-5be0b2216da6
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
3
2
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
-
-
2
3
2
-
2
3
2
-
-
-
2
-
2
-
-
-
2
3
2
-
3
3
1
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
-
-
1
3
2
-
4
3
1
-
-
-
2
-
2
-
-
-
1
2
2
2
5
3
1
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
-
-
2
2
2
2
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
62
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTT307
PATTERN ENIGINEERING-I
L
T
P
C
Hrs
3
0
0
3
45
Course Objectives
• To understand fundamentals of basic pattern making.
• To explain procedure for designing with darts.
• To explain draft manipulation.
• To develop the patterns for garment components.
• To describe different types of garment closures.
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 - Define the various pattern making tools and Develop basic five piece pattern set (K2)
CO2 - Explain the basic principles of pattern set. (K2)
CO3 - Explain dart manipulation techniques and dart designing. (K4)
CO4 - Illustrate and create the patterns for sleeve, collar, pockets, yokes and plackets (K4)
CO5 - Describe and interpret garment closures and neckline finishing(K4)
UNIT I BASIC PATTERN MAKING: (9 Hrs)
Patternmaking Essentials for the Workroom, Anthropometric Measurements, Function of Pattern Making
Tools, Pattern Making Terms, Model form and measurements, Measurement Taking – Size chart and
Measuring of Sizes. Concepts of seam allowance & production patterns
UNIT II DRAFTING OF BASIC PATTERN SET: (6 Hrs)
Basic dress foundation, front and back bodice block, front and back skirt and sleeve, testing of fitting of basic
blocks & correction.
UNIT III DART MANIPULATION: (9 Hrs)
Introduction to darts and flat pattern making, Techniques of dart manipulation, Pivotal method & Slash &
Spread method, Dart terminology, creating styles through dart manipulation.
UNIT IV DESIGNING WITH DARTS: (6 Hrs)
Introduction, Tuck darts, pleats, flares, gathers fullness, Dart clusters & dart equivalents, multiple darts.
Importance of drill hole marks in the darts.
UNIT V DRAFTING OF GARMENT COMPONENTS: (15 Hrs)
SLEEVES: Introduction, sleeve terminologies, dart less sleeve pattern, adaptations for various types.
COLLARS: Introduction, collar terms, collar classification, basic shirt collar foundation, collar variations.
YOKES: Yokes for bodice, gathers, yokes design variations, gathers, flanges, pleat tucks & pin tucks.
PLACKETS: Pointed placket with facing-in-one, wing collar placket, slit opening with placket. POCKETS:
Pocket classification, outside pockets, seam pocket, jeans pocket, accordion pockets, stylized outside
pockets, and pocket with hidden side seam.
Application of zippers-fly, kissing lap, button & button holes, hooks, and eye snaps. Velcro, eyelets, cords.
Cuffs – Contoured cuffs, Roll-up Cuffs.
Text Books:
1. Halen Josep Armstrong “Pattern Making for Fashion Design” 5 th Edition, Pretence Hall, New Jercey ,
2014.
2. Claire Schaeffer, “The Complete Book of Sewing Shortcuts”, Sterling Publishing(NY), 2009
3. Le Pechoux B and Ghosh T K , ― Apparel Sizing and Fit‖, Textile Progress, Volume 32, The Textile
Institute, Manchester, 2002.
63
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
Reference Books
1. Pattern making for fashion design by Helen Joseph Armstrong fifth edition, Pearson Education, Inc.
ISBN-10: 0-13-606934-7
2. Pattern grading for women’s clothes by Gerry Cooklin, Blackwell Publishing. ISBN 0-632-05692-4
3. Metric pattern cutting for women’s wear by Winifred Aldrich, Blackwell Publishing. 5th edition, ISBN: 978-
1-118-37205-0
4. Metric pattern cutting for men’s wear by Winifred Aldrich, Blackwell Publishing. 5th edition, ISBN 978-81-
265-3241-4
5. The art of fashion draping by connieamaden-crawford, third edition, Fairchild Publications, Inc. ISBN 81-
8710-7359
6. Draping for fashion design by Hilde Jaffe and NurieRelis, fourth edition, Pearson Education, Inc. ISBN
978-81-317-2696-9
Web References
1. https://www.nationalskillsnetwork.in/importance-of-pattern-making-in-fashion-and-apparel-design/
2. https://ecoleholtcouture.wordpress.com/2014/04/11/pattern-cutting-pattern-making-pattern-
engineering/
3. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/5658/basics-of-pattern-making
4. https://www.shiksha.com/design/fashion-design/articles/fashion-apparel-engineering-scope-career-
options-blogId-8063
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
3
2
-
-
3
-
-
-
1
1
-
-
3
-
-
2
3
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
1
-
-
3
2
-
3
3
-
3
-
2
-
-
-
1
1
-
-
2
-
2
4
3
-
3
-
2
-
-
-
1
1
-
-
2
2
-
5
3
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
-
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
64
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTT308
FABRIC STRUCTURE AND DESIGN
L
T
P
C
Hrs
3
0
0
3
45
Course Objectives
• Explain construction and application of various compound fabrics.
• Explain twilled fabric effect
• Explain color and weave effect.
• Describe concepts of Fabric Engineering.
• Explain application and principle of gauze and leno.
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 - Explain the fabric classification and cloth geometry. (K3)
CO2 - Analyze and construct compound fabrics. (K3)
CO3 - Demonstrate color and weave effect. (K4)
CO4 - Describe concepts of Fabric Engineering. (K3)
CO5 - Describe construction of gauze and leno. (K3)
UNIT I (9 Hrs)
Fabric engineering: fabric classification as per structure - yarn diameter, cloth cover, cloth geometry of plain &
twill fabrics, practical applications of cloth geometry and cover factor.
UNIT II (9 Hrs)
Bedford cords: plain faced - twill faced. Wadded - modifications. Welt piques: wadded piques - Loose back
and fast back welts and piques, waved pique.
UNIT III (9 Hrs)
Colour and weave effects: Examples of simple colour and weave effects, Stripe & check weave combination.
Backed Fabrics: Warp and Weft back, wadded backed fabric. Extra warp and extra weft figuring. Extra warp
and extra weft figuring with two colours.
UNIT IV (9 Hrs)
Double cloth: Object, Classification: - self stitched - face to back - back to face -Combination face to back and
back to face stitched double cloth. Wadded double cloth - weft and warp Wadded double cloth - Center Warp
& Weft Stitched double cloth. Interchanging double cloths, multilayer fabrics, open to double & triple width &
tubular fabrics.
UNIT V (9 Hrs)
Warp pile produced by - terry weaves, Face to face weaving, wire insertion methods. Weft pile: plain back -
twill back velveteen, corduroy, Weft plush, Length, density and fastness of pile. Gauze & Leno: Principles,
basic sheds, leno with flat steel doups And slotted doups, point draft or counter leno, applications.
Text Books
1. Talukdar M. K., Sriramulu P. K. and Ajgaonkar D. B., “Weaving: Machines, Mechanisms, Management”,
Mahajan Publishers Pvt Ltd, 2004
2. Gokarneshan N., “Fabric Structure and Design”, New Age International (P) Limited, 2009
Reference Books
1. Grosicki Z., "Watson's Textile Design &Color: Elementary weaves & Figure", Blackwell Science,
Commerce place.
2. Grosicki Z., "Advanced Textile Design &Colour:, Blackwell Science, Commerce place.
3. H.Nisbet, "Grammar of textile Design", Tarporevala sons &Co. Pvt. Ltd.,
4. W.S. Murphy, "Textile weaving & Design", Abhishek Publications.
65
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
5. Marks &robinson, " woven cloth construction"
6. J.E. Booth," Textile mathematics- vol-I &II"
Web References
3. nptel.ac.in/courses/116102005/26.
4. https://www.slideshare.net/sakthidamodaran/fabric-structureanddesign-by-n-gokarneshan
5. https://textilestudycenter.com/colio/fabric-structure-and-design/
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
3
2
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
-
2
-
-
2
2
2
2
2
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
-
2
-
-
3
3
1
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
-
-
2
-
-
4
2
3
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
-
2
-
-
5
2
3
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
-
-
2
-
-
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
66
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTT309
YARNS AND FABRICS FOR FASHION
L
T
P
C
Hrs
3
0
0
3
45
Course Objectives
• To classify types, structures and manufacturing of fancy yarns.
• To explain requirements and manufacturing techniques of hosiery yarns
• To describe requirements and manufacturning techniques of sewing thread and embroidery thread.
• To Describe principles of jet weft insertion and continuous weft insertion.
• To explain the techno-economics of different shuttleless weaving and fabric inspection methods.
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 - Illustrate the types, structure and manufacturing techniques of fancy yarns. (K3)
CO2 - Describe the requirements and manufacturing techniques of hosiery yarns. (K3)
CO3 - Describe the requirements and manufacturing techniques of sewing thread and embroidery thread.(K3)
CO4 - Describe the weft insertion in Airjet, Waterjet, Circular, Multiphase and Tri-axial looms. (K4)
CO5 - Explain the sample weaving process and fabric inspection systems. (K5)
UNIT 1. FANCY YARNS (9 Hrs)
Various types of fancy yarns - manufacturing techniques and structure - Slub yarn, multi twist, multi count
yarn, Crep yarn, multi component fancy yarn, Rotor and Ring frame slub yarn, Blended Fancy yarns
(mélange), SIRO, Bobtex yarn, chenille yarn. Elastane (polyurethane) Yarns and Air Covered Yarns-
production of core / cover Iycra yarn on ring spinning. Applications of elastane yarn.
UNIT 2. HOSIERY YARNS (6 Hrs)
Requirements of hosiery yarns. Raw materials, parameters of Hosiery yarns. Properties and applications of
hosiery yarns.
UNIT 3. SEWING THREADS AND EMBROIDERY YARN (9 Hrs)
Introduction of Thread construction, Characteristics and production methods of sewing threads, Types of
thread package, Thread storage & degradation. Introduction of thread construction, Raw material used,
Characteristics of embroidery yarn, Thread production methods and types of thread package.
UNIT 4. JET WEFT INSERTION (9 Hrs)
Principles of Airjet weft insertion from single nozzle, confusor and multi nozzle airjet weaving machines and
their elements, Take up, let off and Auxiliary motions. Water jet weft insertion system, Water consumption,
quality and its requirement. Field of applications, commercial viability of Airjet and Waterjet weaving
machines. Techno-economical ratings of different shuttleless technologies.
UNIT 5. MULTIPHASE, CIRCULAR AND TRI-AXIAL WEAVING (12 Hrs)
Principle of Multiphase weaving, Passage of yarn, Study of Sulzer M8300 multiphase weaving machine, Field
of applications. Principle of Circular weaving, Passage of yarn, Classification, Yarns used and field of
applications. Principle of Tri-axial weaving, Properties and applications of tri-axial fabric, Yarns used. Concept
of sample weaving - Importance of fabric inspection, Different fabric inspection systems.
Reference Books
1. Fancy yarns –Their manufacture and application by R H Gong and R.M Wright, The textile institute -CRC-
Wood head publishing limited.
2. 'Modern Yarns for Modern Fabrics Seminar' Conference proceddings. By TTI, The Textile Inst. Publisher.
3. Yarns & Fabric Classification Main Items in wool and blends, Italtex Editor.
4. Textile guide synthesis to create yarns & fabrics, Italtex Editor
5. Sewing Threads' Textile progress vol.30 no.3/4, by J.O. Ukponmwan, The Textile Inst. Publisher.
67
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
Reference Books
1. “Modern preparation and weaving” By A. Ormerod
2. “Weaving machines, mechanism, management” By Talukdar, Ajagaokar Sriramulu
3. “Shuttleless weaving” By Talav and Svaty
4. “Modern developments in weaving Machinery” By Duxbury
5. “Shuttleless weaving” by NCUTE programme by IITDelhi.
Web References
1. https://www.textileworld.com/textile-world/features/2020/05/new-developments-in-fibers-yarns-fabrics/
2. https://www.textiletoday.com.bd/category/innovations/fiber-yarn-fabric/
3. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/245574163_Design_of_Apparel_Fabrics_Role_of_fibre_yarn_an
d_fabric_parameters_on_its_functional_attributes
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
1
3
1
-
1
-
-
-
1
-
-
-
2
-
1
2
2
3
-
-
1
-
-
-
1
-
-
-
2
-
3
3
2
2
-
-
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
1
4
1
2
2
-
2
-
-
-
1
-
-
-
2
-
1
5
1
2
2
-
2
-
-
-
1
-
-
-
2
-
1
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
68
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTT310
KNITTING TECHNOLOGY
L
T
P
C
Hrs
3
0
0
3
45
Course Objectives
• To Understand the fundamentals of knitting.
• To Understand the weft knitting machines and components.
• To understand the basics of warp and weft knit structures and its derivatives.
• To comprehend the design for various knitted fabric structures
• To understand the knitting machine parameters for producing various knitted structures
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 - Analyze the warp knitted and weft knitted fabrics by interpreting their structure. (K3)
CO2 - Distinguish between the various knitted fabrics(K4)
CO3 - Determine the production of weft knitted fabrics by varying the fabric forming parameters.(K4)
CO4 - Explain and outline the working principles of warp knitting machines and the pattern of fabric
formation.(K4)
CO5 - Determine the production of warp knitted fabrics by varying the fabric forming parameters.(K4)
UNIT I - FUNDAMENTALS OF KNITTING (9 Hrs)
Introduction to knitting, Comparison of weaving and knitting, classification of warp and weft knitting machines,
comparison of warp and weft knitted fabrics, elements of knitted loop structure. Symbolic, Graph paper and
Diagrammatic representation of stitches. Knitting needles - Types, Knitting action, advantages and
disadvantages
UNIT II - WEFT KNITTING MACHINE (9 Hrs)
Elements of knitting machine - Cylinder, Sinker, Cam, Needle, Creel, Feeders - positive feeder, storage
positive feeder, elastane feeder, take down mechanism. Patterning mechanism. Electronic devices for needle
selection. Working principle of plain, rib, interlock and purl knitting machines. Formation of knit, tuck and float
stitches. Effect of loop length.
UNIT III - WEFT KNITTED STRUCTURES (9 Hrs)
Production of weft knitted fabric structures -Single jersey, Rib, Purl, Interlock. Derivatives of single and double
jersey structures: plaited fabrics, 2X2 rib structure, half cardigan, full cardigan, Ponte-di-Roma, Ottoman rib,
Texipique, Pin-tuck, Milano rib, French pique, Swiss pique. Applications of weft knit fabric, Common defects in
weft knit fabric
UNIT IV - WARP KNITTING MACHINE (9 Hrs)
Elements of Tricot and Raschel warp knitting machines - warp beam, guide bar, needle, needle bar, sinker,
presser bar, links, and trick plate. Knitting cycle and working principles of Tricot and Raschel knitting machine.
Pattern controlling mechanism - pattern wheels, pattern chains links, Electronic Jacquard.
UNIT V - WARP KNITTED STRUCTURES (9 Hrs)
Representation of warp knit structures. Point Paper, Chain-Link Notation, single fabrics, Chain stitch, Tricot
lap, Full tricot, Lock Knit, Reverse Lock Knit, satin, Loop raided fabrics, Queen's cord, Sharkskin, Blind lap.
Applications of warp knit fabric, Common defects in warp knit fabric
Text Books:
1. Ajgaonkar D.B., “Knitting technology”, Universal Publishing Corporation, Mumbai, 1998, ISBN: 81-85027-
34-X.
2. Chandrasekhar Iyer, Bernd Mammel and Wolfgang Schach., “Circular Knitting”, Meisenbach GmbH,
Bamberg, 1995, ISBN: 3-87525-066-4.
69
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
Reference BOOKS:
1. Spencer D.J., “Knitting Technology”, III Ed., Textile Institute, Manchester, 2001, ISBN: 1 85573 333 1.
2. Samuel Raz., “Flat Knitting: The new generation”, Meisenbach GmbH, Bamberg, 1997, ISBN: 3-87525-
054-0.
3. Samuel Raz., “Warp Knitting production”, Melliand Textilberichte, GmbH, Rohrbacher, 1987, ISBN: 3-
87529-022-4
Web References
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/116/102/116102008/
2. https://www.textileworld.com/textile-world/features/2020/05/innovations-in-knitting-2/
3. https://www.slideshare.net/suniltalekar1/warp-and-weft-knitting
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
3
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3
-
-
2
3
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
3
3
2
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
4
3
2
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
5
3
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
-
-
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
70
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20BSP326
STATISTICAL LABORATORY
(Common to AI&DS, FT)
L
T
P
C
Hrs
0
0
2
1
30
Course Objectives
• To familiarize the concept of Uni-variate, bi-variate frequency distributions.
• To understand the concept of Measures of location and dispersion.
• To learn Rank correlation.
• To understand the concept of Regression Equations.
• To introduce the concepts of curve fitting.
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 - Draw the different types of curves.(K3)
CO2 - Understand the concept of Skewness and Kurtosis.(K2)
CO3 - Compute Correlation coefficient.(K3)
CO4 - Compute regression lines. (K3)
CO5 - Find the straight line and parabola.(K3)
List of Experiments
1. Construction of bar diagram
2. Construction of pie diagram
3. Construction of Mean, Median, Mode
4. Construction of standard deviation
5. Measures of Skewness and Kurtosis for both grouped and ungrouped data.
6. Computation of Correlation co-efficient.
7. Computation Rank correlation.
8. Regression Equations.
9. Fit a straight line
10. Fit a parabola
Text Books
1. Irfan A Khan, “Fundamentals of Biostatistics” , Ukaaz Publication 5th Edition, 2016.
2. PSS Sunder Rao,“An introduction to Bio statistics” PHI Learning Pvt Ltd ,2012
3. Moore and Mc Cabe, “Introduction to the Practice of Statistics” WH Freeman, 9th Edition, 2009.
Reference Books
1. Marcello Pagano, “Principles of Biostatistics”,7th Edition, 2015.
2. Course Manuals: S-PLUS Command Line Essentials, the Analysis of Microarrays
3. Richard.A. Johnson, Irwin Miller and John E. Freund,” Probability and Statistics for Engineers”, Pearson
Education, Asia, 9th Edition, 2018.
4. P. Kandasamy, Thilagavathy. K and Gunavathi. K, “Probability and Queuing Theory” S. Chand & Co. Pvt.
Ltd.2015.
5. Dr.G. Balaji, “Probability and Statistics”, G. Balaji Publishers, 2017.
Web References
1. https://youtu.be/9pHi2vkz2_Y
2. https://youtu.be/4lAvbp-yVs8
3. https://youtu.be/B3pAD8ie3k0?list=PLoNoar1DlEikiPbM5cdpXOxDtQcrb4fQ5
4. https://youtu.be/6MEdP4zMLuQ
5. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LMSyiAJm99g
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
71
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
2
1
-
-
-
1
-
-
-
-
-
1
2
3
-
2
2
1
-
-
-
1
-
-
-
-
-
1
2
3
-
3
3
2
1
1
-
1
-
-
-
-
-
1
2
3
-
4
3
2
1
1
-
1
-
-
-
-
-
1
2
3
-
5
2
1
-
-
-
1
-
-
-
-
-
1
2
3
-
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
72
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTP304
FASHION ILLUSTRATION LAB
L
T
P
C
Hrs
0
0
3
1
30
Course Objectives
• To make the students understand the basic concepts of fashion art.
• To learning the aspects of fashion rendering.
• To improve their skills in creating new designs and dresses.
• To develop their skills in fashion arts and creating innovative sketches
• To Developing design improvisation of basics fashion rendering.
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 - Illustrate the different body sections of human anatomy and plan different postures(K4)
CO2 - Plan the fabric and colour application for developed fashion figures(K4)
CO3 - Generate sketches in exclusive methods suitable for distinct presentations(K4)
CO4 - Train the students in fashion illustration(K4)
CO5 - Draw technical drawings for women, men, and children garments. (K5)
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Illustration of stick figures, block figures and fleshing on block figures
2. Figure analysis - Skecthing of fashion figures in 8 ½ , 10 & 12 head proportions
3. Face analysis – Skecthing of facial shapes & features and hairstyles
4. Illustration of varied postures – front, back, side and ¾ profiles
5. Colour rendering techniques – mixed media application
6. Fabric rendering techniques – wovens and knits
7. Fabric rendering techniques – drape lines, pleats, gathers, surface ornamentation
8. Illustration of croquis – female
9. Illustration of croquis – male
10. Illustration of croquis – children
Reference Book:
1. Laboratory Manual prepared by the Department of Fashion Technology, 2020
2. Fashion Illustration, Anna Kiper, David & Charles Book, 2011
3. Fashion Illustration Children, Patric, John Ireland, BT Bastford Ltd, 2005
4. Vandana Bhenderi, “Costume, Textiles and Jewellery of India – Traditions in Rajasthan”, Prakash Books,
New Delhi, 2004.
5. Fashion Sketchbook by BinaAbling (2012), Bloomsbury Publishing India Private Limited. ISBN:
1609012283.
6. Illustrating Fashion: Concept to Creation by Steven Stipelman (2010), Fairchild Books. ISBN: 1563678306.
7. Illustrating Fashion by Kathryn McKelvey and Janine Munslow (2007), Wiley Blackwell Publication. ISBN:
1405139528
Web References
1. https://www.illustrationhistory.org/essays/fashion-illustration-from-the-16th-century-to-now
2. https://www.digitalartsonline.co.uk/features/illustration/22-fashion-illustration-techniques/
3. https://medium.com/iskn/fashion-illustration-basics-5be0b2216da6
73
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
2
2
-
-
1
-
-
-
2
2
-
-
2
-
-
2
2
-
-
-
2
-
-
-
2
2
-
-
2
-
-
3
2
-
-
-
1
-
-
-
2
2
-
-
2
-
-
4
2
-
-
-
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
-
5
1
-
-
-
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
-
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
74
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTP305
PATTERN ENIGINEERING-I LAB
L
T
P
C
Hrs
0
0
3
1
30
Course Objectives
• To understand fundamentals of basic pattern making.
• To train the students in pattern making of apparels.
• To develop the patterns for garment components
• To explain procedure for designing with darts.
• To develop the patterns for garment components.
Course Outcomes (COs)
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 - Upon completion of this practical course, the student would have practical experience on pattern
making of garments(K5)
CO2 - Explain the pattern making techniques and terminologies applied in them. (K4)
CO3 - Apply draping and flat pattern technique to draft patterns of basic bodice, sleeve, skirt and trousers.
(K4)
CO4 - Apply the principles of pattern making to manipulate the basic pattern according to the styles.(K4)
CO5 - Generate style lines, altered and graded patterns. (K5)
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Study of pattern making tools, stitching machine and measurements of dress form, live model and
garment.
2. Machine practice to sew lines in various shapes, following a guide line on SNLS machine. (Paper exercise)
3. Machine practice to sew lines in various shapes, following a guide line on SNLS machine. (Fabric exercise)
4. Prepare samples for various seams and stitches.
5. Draft and stitch 5 piece patterns set and check for fit.
6. To develop patterns by using dart manipulation techniques.
7. Prepare and stitch patterns for graduated and radiating darts
8. Adopt and stitch patterns for puff and raglan sleeve.
9. Adopt and stitch patterns for collar with stand and peter pan collar
10. Draft and prepare sample for different types of cuffs.
11. Draft and prepare sample for patch and side pockets.
12. Draft and prepare samples for shirt placket and sleeve placket
Reference Book:
1. Laboratory Manual prepared by the Department of Fashion Technology, 2020
2. Halen Josep Armstrong “Pattern Making for Fashion Design” 5 th Edition, Pretence Hall, New Jercey ,
2014.
3. Claire Schaeffer, “The Complete Book of Sewing Shortcuts”, Sterling Publishing(NY), 2009
4. Le Pechoux B and Ghosh T K , ― Apparel Sizing and Fit‖, Textile Progress, Volume 32, The Textile
Institute, Manchester, 2002.
5. Pattern making for fashion design by Helen Joseph Armstrong fifth edition, Pearson Education, Inc.
ISBN-10: 0-13-606934-7
Web References
1. https://www.nationalskillsnetwork.in/importance-of-pattern-making-in-fashion-and-apparel-design/
2. https://ecoleholtcouture.wordpress.com/2014/04/11/pattern-cutting-pattern-making-pattern-engineering/
3. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/5658/basics-of-pattern-making
4. https://www.shiksha.com/design/fashion-design/articles/fashion-apparel-engineering-scope-career-
options-blogId-8063
75
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
3
2
3
-
2
-
-
-
2
2
-
-
2
2
-
2
3
2
3
-
-
-
-
-
2
2
-
-
2
2
-
3
3
2
3
-
-
-
-
-
2
2
-
-
2
2
-
4
3
2
3
-
-
-
-
-
2
2
-
-
2
2
-
5
3
2
3
-
2
-
-
-
2
2
-
-
2
2
-
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
76
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTP306
FABRIC STRUCTURE AND DESIGN GRAPHICS LAB
L
T
P
C
Hrs
0
0
3
1
30
Course Objectives
• To train the students on developing basic fabric weaves and simulate their appearance
• To train the student create the print design
• To impart the knowledge of developing logo designs appropriate for a concept.
• To train the student developing various motifs design
• To equip them in developing concept boards, logo designs and brochure designs.
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1. Design fabric weaves and render them based on fashion trends. (K4)
CO2. Design different types of print designs for a concept. (K4)
CO3. Plan and prepare concept boards, logo designs and brochure designs for fashion communication.(K4)
CO4 – Develop various motifs and images. (K5)
CO5 – Design the brochure for various product development.(K5)
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Design and Development of Plain and twill weave patterns with two color ways.
2. Development of dobby blanket design with a color way.
3. Design and Development of an elaborate jacquard design with an extra warp and weft design for a stole.
4. Design and Development of half drop all over print pattern of geometric motifs.
5. Design and Development of directional print of floral motifs.
6. Design and Development of t-shirt chest print design for a digital printing.
7. Design and Development of a typographical print design for a tote bag.
8. Design and Design a conceptual board based on a theme using a collage of images.
9. Modify an existing logo of a brand.
10. Design and Develop a brochure design for a company featuring it’s product details and logo.
Reference Book:
1. Laboratory Manual prepared by the Department of Fashion Technology, 2020
2. Talukdar M. K., Sriramulu P. K. and Ajgaonkar D. B., “Weaving: Machines, Mechanisms, Management”,
Mahajan Publishers Pvt Ltd, 2004
3. Gokarneshan N., “Fabric Structure and Design”, New Age International (P) Limited, 2009
Web References
1. nptel.ac.in/courses/116102005/26.
2. https://www.slideshare.net/sakthidamodaran/fabric-structureanddesign-by-n-gokarneshan
3. https://textilestudycenter.com/colio/fabric-structure-and-design/
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
2
2
-
-
3
-
-
-
2
2
-
-
-
3
-
2
2
2
-
-
3
-
-
-
2
2
-
-
-
3
-
3
2
2
-
-
3
-
-
-
2
2
-
-
-
3
-
4
2
2
-
-
3
-
-
-
2
2
-
-
-
3
-
5
2
2
-
-
3
-
-
-
2
2
-
-
-
3
-
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High
77
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTC3XX CERTIFICATION COURSES III
L
T
P
C
Hrs
0
0
4
-
50
Students shall choose an International certification course offered by the reputed organizations like
Google, Microsoft, IBM, Texas Instruments, Bentley, Autodesk, Eplan and CISCO, etc. The duration of the
course is 40-50 hours specified in the curriculum, which will be offered through Centre of Excellence.
Pass /Fail will be determined on the basis of participation, attendance, performance and completion of
the course. If a candidate Fails, he/she has to repeat the course in the subsequent years. Pass in this course
is mandatory for the award of degree
78
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTS302
SKILL DEVELOPMENT COURSE 2
(Choose anyone of the below three courses)
L
T
P
C
Hrs
0
0
2
-
30
1. FASHION EVOLUTION AND TRADITIONAL INDIAN TEXTILE
Course Content:
1. HISTORY OF COSTUMES: Origin of clothing, growth of dress out of painting, cutting and other
methods. Need for clothing, factors influencing costume changes.
2. ENGLISH AND FRENCH COSTUMES: English costume during middle ages, French costumes during
renaissance Period (1400-1600)- analysis of necklines, collars, sleeves, silhouettes, textiles,
headdress and embellishments
3. AMERICAN COSTUMES: American costumes from 18th to 20th centuries- analysis of momentous
styles of clothing, garment designs, fabrics, headdress and embellishments
4. COSTUMES OF INDIA AND OTHER ASIAN COUNTRIES: Traditional costumes, textiles and
accessories of different states of India. Traditional costumes of Pakistan, Srilanka, China, Myanmar,
Thailand, Japan. Men‘s, women‘s and kids garment – motifs, designs, color combinations, styles,
textiles and accessories.
5. COSTUMES OF AFRICAN COUNTRIES: Traditional costumes, textiles, motifs, designs and accessories
in various parts of African continent – Egypt, Morocco, Ghana, Nigeria, Kenya, Uganda, South Africa,
Zimbabwe.
6. COSTUMES OF EUROPEAN COUNTRIES: Traditional costumes, textiles, motifs, designs and
accessories in Germany, Greece, Rome, Portugal, Sweden, Scotland, Ireland and Hungary.
2. GARMENT ORNAMENTATION
Course Content:
1. Embroidery: Definition, History of Embroidery, general rules for hand embroidery, Design transfer
techniques, Tools for hand embroidery, Selection of needle, threads and fabrics for embroidery.
2.
3. Ornamentation Techniques: Eyelet work, cutwork, Richelieu work, lace work, drawn thread and fabric
work, patch work, mirror work, appliqué, shaded embroidery, shadow work, badala work, bead and
sequins work, bobbin thread embroidery etc.
4. Introduction to Machine Embroidery: History of embroidery machine, Advantages of embroidery
machines, Various types of needles, frames, bobbins, Selection of frames to design, Selection of needle
thread and bobbin thread and suitable stitches for embroidery using computer.
5. Construction and Working of Embroidery machines: Passage of thread, operation screen, tension
switch, needle bar, bar switch, thread breakage indicator, colour change motor, driver box, x-axis and y-
axis pulse motor, Care and maintenance of embroidery machine, Timing and setting of embroidery
machine. Special types of embroidery machines, Costing, Quality and Care of embroidery goods, latest
developments and technical features of embroidery machines.
6. Software used for embroideries: Introduction to various types of embroidery software, process of
digitizing, punching tools, different input methods for embroidery software, various types of stitches,
improving embroidery quality, Editing and Modifying designs, troubleshooting and corrective actions.
79
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
3. MATERIAL SELECTION AND DESIGN OF SPORTS WEAR
Course Content:
1. SPORTS WEAR: Current sportswear market, Key trends in sportswear design, Design considerations in
sportswear/footwear, sportswear and comfort, protection from injury, sports footwear industry.
2. MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DESIGN OF PERFORMANCE SPORTSWEAR: Key trends in
sports wear design, layering, the evolution of layering, external influences, Innovative fibres and fabrics
in sport: High performance and high-functional fibres and textiles, Smart and intelligent textiles and
fibres, coated and laminated textiles in sportswear, Emerging trends. Designing Sportswear for comfort:
Physiological comfort of sportswear, Aspects of wear comfort, Measurement of physiological comfort.
3. FUNCTIONAL SPORT FOOTWEAR: The human foot, foot wear, foot and footwear interface. Functional
design of sport footwear, Functional fit of sport footwear, Functional materials and components in sport
footwear.
4. PROTECTION: Protection against impact using clothing and personal equipment. Analysis of injury
sustained during sporting activities, Impact protection provided through protective clothing and
equipment, quality standards and evaluation techniques. Design of sportswear for impact protection,
effects of protective clothing and equipment on human performance.
5. BIOMECHANICAL ENGINEERING OF A SPORTS BRA: Designing a sports bra, material selection,
Biomechanical modeling and analysis. Biomechanical engineering of aerobic sportswear, Physical
properties of aerobic wear, biomechanical simulation.
6. BIOMECHANICAL ENGINEERING OF COMPRESSION STOCKINGS: Elastic textiles, Freedom of
movement, enhanced performance, recovery and wellbeing. Biomechanical simulation, investigation of
the mechanism of compression therapy, Biomechanical engineering design of socks: Biomechanical
modeling, implications in sock design.
80
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTM303
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
L
T
P
C
Hrs
0
0
2
-
30
Physical Education is compulsory for all the Undergraduate students and Pass in this course is mandatory for the award
of degree. Physical Education activities will include games and sports/extension lectures. The student participation shall
be for minimum period of 30 hours. Physical Education activities will be monitored by the Director of Physical Education.
Pass/Fail will be determined on the basis of participation, attendance, performance and conduct. If a candidate fails,
he/she has to repeat the course in the subsequent years.
81
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTT411
PATTERN ENGINIREEING-II
L
T
P
C
Hrs
3
0
0
3
45
Course Objectives
• To explain various style lines used in patterning.
• To explain various garment components and stitching procedure for it.
• To teach grading process and quality of garments
• To explain fundamentals of draping and demonstrate draping procedure for basic blocks
• To explain the various quality aspects of patter checking
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 - Recognize various style lines and their aesthetical values in garments.
CO2 - Describe various garments/components and their construction.
CO3 - Apply grading procedure for various basic blocks and use patterning principles to correct
pattern defects.
CO4 - Demonstrate draping procedure for various basic blocks.
CO5 - Analysis the pattern quality with various aspects.
UNIT I (9 Hrs)
Stylelines – Introduction to style lines, The Classic Princess Style line, Armhole Princess Style line, The
Panel Styleline. Cowls – Introduction to Cowls, Types of cowls, Preparing patterns for Back Cowls, Armhole
Cowls, Pleated Cowls, Exaggerated Cowls, Inset Cowls
UNIT II (6 Hrs)
Skirts/Circles and Cascades – Types of skirts, skirt lengths, Drafting of flared skirts, gored skirts, godets,
wrap skirts, circles, peplums and cascades, skirts with uneven hemlines
UNIT III (9 Hrs)
Dresses without Waistline Seams- torso foundation, dress categories, three basic dress foundations,
styleline foundation, pattern making problems.
UNIT IV (9 Hrs)
Grading – Introduction to grading, General principles, Grade Rules, Zero Point and Cardinal Points, Methods
of grading: Track grading and nested grading, Grading the basic block and basic skirt, grading of sleeves and
collars
UNIT V (12 Hrs)
Draping – Draping terminologies, Preparation of fabric for draping, Elements of fabrics, Principles and fitting
methods, Basic Bodice draping, basic skirt draping, draping of sleeves and collars Pattern Quality Analysis
– Relationship between pattern making and quality of the garment, Factors affecting pattern quality,
Introduction to computerized pattern making, computerized grading, study of available software for pattern
making.
Text Books:
1. Helen Joseph, Armstrong, “Patternmaking for Fashion Design”, Pearson Education Pte. Ltd., 2005.
2. Winifred Aldrich, “Metric Pattern Cutting for Children’s Wear and Baby Wear”, Blackwell Publishing, 2004.
3. Pattern grading for women’s clothes by Gerry Cooklin, Blackwell Publishing. ISBN 0-632-05692-4
4. Metric pattern cutting for men’s wear by Winifred Aldrich, Blackwell Publishing. 5th edition, ISBN 978-81-
265-3241-4
5. Metric pattern cutting for women’s wear by Winifred Aldrich, Blackwell Publishing. 5th edition, ISBN: 978-1-
118-37205-0
82
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
Reference Books:
1. Fan J, Yu W, and Hunter L., “Clothing Appearance and Fit: Science and Technology”, Wood head
Publishing Limited, 2004
2. Ashdown S. P., “Sizing in Clothing”, Wood head Publishing Limited, 2007.
3. Pattern making for fashion design by Helen Joseph Armstrong fifth edition, Pearson Education, Inc. ISBN-
10: 0-13-606934-7
4. The art of fashion draping by connieamaden-crawford, third edition, Fairchild Publications, Inc. ISBN 81-
8710-7359
5. Draping for fashion design by Hilde Jaffe and NurieRelis, fourth edition, Pearson Education, Inc. ISBN 978-
81-317-2696-9
Web References
1. https://www.nationalskillsnetwork.in/importance-of-pattern-making-in-fashion-and-apparel-design/
2. https://ecoleholtcouture.wordpress.com/2014/04/11/pattern-cutting-pattern-making-pattern-engineering/
3. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/5658/basics-of-pattern-making
4. https://www.shiksha.com/design/fashion-design/articles/fashion-apparel-engineering-scope-career-options-
blogId-8063
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
3
2
3
-
2
-
-
-
2
2
-
-
2
2
-
2
3
2
3
-
-
-
-
-
2
2
-
-
2
2
-
3
3
2
3
-
-
-
-
-
2
2
-
-
2
2
-
4
3
2
3
-
-
-
-
-
2
2
-
-
2
2
-
5
3
2
3
-
2
-
-
-
2
2
-
-
2
2
-
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
83
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTT412
TEXTILE CHEMICAL PROCESSING
L
T
P
C
Hrs
3
0
0
3
45
Course Objectives
• To describe the grey inspection and mechanical processing of textiles
• To describe the pretreatments of textiles.
• To describe the bleaching and mercerization.
• To explain the colouration processes of textiles like dyeing and printing.
• To explain the objectives and effects of various finishes.
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1. Understand the importance of grey inspection and mechanical processes (K3)
CO2. Understand the process of desizing and scouring. (K3)
CO3. Understand the process of bleaching and mercerization. (K3)
CO4. Understand the dyeing and printing colouration processes on cotton and polyester(K4)
CO5. Understand the objects and effects of various finishes. (K4)
UNIT I - GREY INSPECTION AND MECHANICAL PROCESSES (9 Hrs)
Importance of grey inspection, Four point & ten point system & numerical for acceptance & rejection of fabrics,
Defect analysis, Types of stitches, Inspection machines for woven and knit goods, Working of shearing and
cropping machine, Objectives of singeing. Gas singeing of woven & knitted fabrics. General process
sequence
UNIT II - DESIZING SCOURING (9 Hrs)
Objectives of desizing, methods and classification of desizing. Desizing of Cotton, P/C and Polyester fabrics,
Evaluation of efficiency of desizing, Degumming of silk, Objectives of scouring, Concept of alkaline scouring,
solvent scouring and bio scouring, Scouring of cotton, blends and synthetic fabrics, evaluation of efficiency of
scouring.
UNIT III - BLEACHING AND MERCERIZATION (9 Hrs)
Objectives of bleaching, Introduction to bleaching agents like sodium hypochlorite and hydrogen peroxide,
bleaching of cotton, blends and synthetics. Bleaching of wool, silk, evaluation of efficiency of bleaching.
Objectives of mercerization, Changes in cotton after mercerization, Study of machinery used for mercerization
of yarn, woven and knit fabrics. Liquid ammonia treatment, Evaluation of mercerization efficiency using barium
activity number
UNIT IV - DYEING AND PRINTING (9 Hrs)
Introduction to dyeing, classification of colouring matters, Methods of dyeing: batch, semi-continuous and
continuous process Dyeing of cellulosic fibres using direct, vat, reactive and sulphur dyes. Dyeing of polyester
using disperse dye.
Difference between dyeing and printing, Styles of printing: Direct, discharge, resist style Methods of printing:
tie and dye, batik, block printing, screen printing. Concept of transfer printing, digital printing
Printing of cotton by various styles using reactive dye, Printing of polyester by various styles using disperse
dye, Pigment printing
UNIT V - FINISHING PROCESSES (9 Hrs)
Objectives of finishing, classification of finishes. Mechanical and chemical finishing, application of softeners,
Functional finishes: Resin finishing, flame retardant finish, antimicrobial Finish.
Textbooks:
1. Trotman E. R., “Dyeing and Chemical Technology of Textile Fibres”, B.I Publishing Pvt.Ltd., New Delhi,
1994, ISBN: 0471809101 | ISBN-13: 9780471809104
84
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
2. Karmarkar S.R., “Chemical Technology in Pre-treatment processes of Textiles”, Elsevier Publications,
Newyork,1999, ISBN: 044450060X | ISBN-13: 9780444500601
3. Shenai V. A., “Chemistry of Dyes and Principles of Dyeing”, Sevak Publications, Mumbai, 1995, ISBN:
B0007BFE9Y.
4. Shenai V. A., “Technology of Printing”, Sevak Publications, Mumbai, 1996
5. Miles W. C., “Textile Printing”, Wood head Publication, 2003, ISBN 0 901956 76 1
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Hall A.J., “Textile Finishing”, 2nd ed., McGraw Hill, 1995.
2. Marsh J.T., “Introduction to Textile Finishing” Vol. II, New Age, 1996
3. Heywood D.,”Textile Finishing”, Woodhead Publishing Ltd.,2003 ISBN 090195681
4. Shenai V.A., “Technology of Finishing”, Vol. X, Usha, 1998
5. Schindler W.D and Hauser P., “Chemical Finishing of Textiles”, Wood head Publications, ISBN:
1855739054.
6. Yin-Ling Lam , Chi-Wai Kan & Chun-Wah Marcus Yuen, "Developments in functional finishing of cotton
fibres – wrinkle-resistant, flameretardant and antimicrobial treatments", Textile Progress, Vol. 44, Nos. 3 -
4, September-December 2012,175–249.
7. Jones B. W., “Garment Dyeing: Ready to Wear Fashion from the Dyehouse”, Textile Progress, Vol. 19, No.
2, 1988, ISBN 1870812131.
8. Roshan Paul (Ed.), "Denim – Manufacture, Finishing and Applications", Woodhead Publishing, 2015.
9. Reife A. and Freeman H.S., “Environmental Chemistry of Dyes and Pigments”, Wiley, 1996, ISBN:
0471589276.
Web References
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/116/102/116102016/
2. https://www.slideshare.net/kanhaiyakumawat2/textile-chemical-processing
3. https://www.sciencedirect.com/topics/engineering/textile-wet-processing
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
1
-
-
-
-
3
3
-
-
-
-
-
2
2
-
2
1
-
-
-
-
3
3
-
-
-
-
-
2
2
-
3
2
-
2
-
-
3
3
-
-
-
-
-
2
2
-
4
1
-
-
-
-
3
3
-
-
-
-
-
2
2
-
5
2
-
-
-
-
3
3
-
-
-
-
-
2
2
-
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
85
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTT413
APPAREL MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT
L
T
P
C
Hrs
3
0
0
3
45
Course Objectives
• To explain the classification of sewing machinery
• To describe the various parts and adjustment of a single needle lockstitch & overlock machine.
• To describe the stitch, sewing needle and sewing thread.
• To interpret the work aids and latest developments in apparel production machinery
• To explain the spreading and fusing components.
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 - Understand the classification of sewing machinery according to bed types, stitch types and material
wise. (K4)
CO2 - Understand the various parts, features and adjustment of single needle lock stitch and overlock
machine. (K4)
CO3 - Categorize the stitch, sewing needles and sewing threads requirements and its application.(K4)
CO4 - Describe the work aids and latest developments in apparel production machinery. (K5)
CO5 - Describe the spreading and fusing in apparel production machinery. (K5)
UNIT I HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF SEWING MACHINES (9 Hrs)
History of sewing machines and development. Sewing machinery - classification according to bed types, stitch
types (hook or looper), material wise (extra light to heavy weight). Introduction to spreading machines and
cutting machines - types and functions.
UNIT II PARTS OF SEWING MACHINES (9 Hrs)
Major parts of sewing machinery and functions. Major parts of Single needle lock stitch machine – UBT and
non-UBT: stand height, pedal, presser foot, height of needle bar, needle to hook relationship, height of feed
dog, normal and reverse feed stitch length, feed timing, presser foot pressure, needle and bobbin thread
tension, bobbin winding assembly, belt tension and their adjustment. Sewing machine safety regulations.
UNIT III ADJUSTMENTS OF MAJOR PARTS (9 Hrs)
Sewing needle and sewing thread, thread consumption, thread routing. Adjustment on SNLS UBT: Needle
stop position, wiper, thread timing sequence, timing of thread trimmer cam, positioning the moving knife,
installation, sharpening, replacing moving knives, adjusting the floating amount of the auxiliary tension disk.
Parts, functions and adjustments of Overlock machines: Needle height, feed dog height, differential feed ratio,
tilt of the feed dog, position of the upper and lower knives, sharpening of knife and loopers, trouble shooting in
over lock.
UNIT IV WORK AIDS (9 Hrs)
Work-aids and attachments as deskilling devices, functions of pullers, guides and folders compensating
presser foots- left, right, double; feller, hemmer etc. Collar turning machines, folding machinery. Computer
controlled cutting, sewing, folding machinery.
UNIT V SPREADING AND FUSING (9 Hrs)
Manual and automatic spreading, features and specifications, fusing and pressing machinery. Application
according to use.
Latest developments: Latest developments in production machinery, automatic spreading, cutting, fusing,
pressing and sewing machines.
Text Books:
1. Harold Carr and Barbara Latham, The Technology of Clothing Manufacture, Om Book Service, 2002.
2. Shaeffer Claire, Sewing for the Apparel Industry, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 2001.
86
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
Reference Books
1. Mr. R. Rathinamoorthy et al, “Apparel machinery Equipments”, woodhead publication 2015.
2. Juki machine manual for single needle lockstitch machine by Juki machine
3. Jacob Solinger., “Apparel Manufacturing Handbook ", Van Nostrand Reinhold Company (1980).
4. Peyton B .Hudson., " Guide to Apparel Manufacturing ", Media Apparel Inc (1989) ISBN: 0 -945116-08-X.
5. Carr.H, Latham. B., “The Technology of Clothing Manufacture ", Blackwell Scientific Publications (1988).
Web References
1. https://www.industrytap.com/automated-apparel-machinery-equipment-essential-competitive-
advantage/41814
2. https://ordnur.com/garments-2/list-of-machinery-and-their-functions-of-apparel-industry/
3. http://content.inflibnet.ac.in/data-server/eacharya-
documents/56b0853a8ae36ca7bfe81449_INFIEP_79/83/ET/79-83-ET-V1-S1__unit_1.pdf
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
3
2
2
-
-
-
-
1
-
-
-
2
3
2
-
2
1
2
-
-
-
-
-
1
-
-
-
2
3
2
-
3
3
3
3
-
-
-
-
1
-
-
-
2
3
2
-
4
-
2
-
-
-
-
-
1
-
-
-
2
3
2
-
5
-
2
-
-
-
-
-
1
-
-
-
2
3
2
-
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High
87
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTT414
GARMENT CONSTRUCTION - I
L
T
P
C
Hrs
3
0
0
3
45
Course Objectives
• To describe preparatory stages of garment and layout metods followed for various width of fabric.
• To explain the various sewing techniques.
• To explain the drafting of various blocks.
• To explain the cutting process of various garments.
• To explain and apply stitching and fit checking –process for various garments.
Course Outcomes
After the completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 - Describe preparatory stages of garment and layout methods followed for various width of fabric. (K3)
CO2 - Explain the various sewing techniques. (K4)
CO3 - Explain the drafting of various blocks of men’s and women’s garment component. (K5)
CO4 - Explain the cutting process of various garments. (K4)
CO5 - Explain and apply stitching and fit checking –process for various garments. (K5)
UNIT I SPREADING AND CUTTING (12 Hrs)
Basics of fabric spreading, modes of spreading, different fabric packages, spreading tension, uniformity and
alignment, woven fabric lay, knitted fabric lay, types of fabric lay, Lay planning principles. Marker making,
principles of marker making, types of markers, marker planning and marker efficiency, and fabric design
parameters on markers, matching and grain line. Fabric cutting methods, latest fabric cutting equipments, and
record keeping in cutting room, advancements in cutting room technology
UNIT II BASIC SEWING TECHNIQUES (9 Hrs)
Seams: Definition, Types of seams, seam quality, seam performance, factors to be considered in the selection
of seam, seam finishes, seam defects. Stitches: Definition, stitch classes, stitch parameters, factors to be
considered in the selection of stitches. Stitching defects. Sewing Thread: Types, construction, sewing thread
quality, selection of sewing thread.
UNIT III GARMENT COMPONENTS FOR MEN’S AND WOMEN’S TOP (9 Hrs)
Men’s and women’s tops – basic bodice blocks, collars, sleeves, cuffs, plackets – types, pleats,
gathers and darts, functional purpose of components in garment construction.
UNIT IV GARMENT COMPONENTS FOR MEN’S AND WOMEN’S BOTTOM (9 Hrs)
Men’s and women’s bottom – trousers basic blocks, pockets – side pocket, welt pocket, patch pocket, yoke,
skirt basic blocks, waist bands, panels, other components in innerwear, functional purpose.
UNIT V ACCESSORIES (6 Hrs)
Labels, linings, interlinings, wadding, lace, braid, elastic, hook and loop fastening, shoulder pads, eyelets and
laces, zip fasteners, buttons
Text Books:
1. Jacob Solinger, “Apparel Production Handbook”, Reinhold Publications,1998
2. Carr H and Latham B., “The Technology of Clothing Manufacturing”, Blackwell Science, U.K.,1994
Reference Books:
1. Ruth E. Glock, Grace I. Kunz, “Apparel Manufacturing, Sewn Product Analysis”, fourth edition, Pearson
Education, ISBN: 8177580760159 4
2. Laing R.M., Webster J, “Stitches & Seams”, The Textile Institute, India,1998
3. Shaeffer Claire, “Sewing for the Apparel Industry”, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 2001
4. Singer, “Sewing Lingerie”, Cy De Cosse Incorporated, 1991.
5. Patty Brown & Janett Rice, “Ready-To-Wear Apparel Analysis’”, Third Edition, PrienticeHall Inc., New
Jersey,ISBN:0130254347.
88
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
Web References
1. https://ncert.nic.in/vocational/pdf/ivsm103.pdf
2. https://www.slideshare.net/sarwatshabbir/1-garments
3. https://www.cottonworks.com/topics/sourcing-manufacturing/garment-manufacturing/the-art-of-garment-
manufacturing-garment-construction/
4. https://www.textileschool.com/258/garment-construction-techniques/
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
1
1
2
-
1
-
-
-
1
1
-
-
-
-
-
2
2
1
3
-
1
-
-
-
1
1
-
-
-
-
-
3
1
2
3
-
1
-
-
-
1
1
-
-
-
-
-
4
1
2
3
-
1
-
-
-
1
1
-
-
-
-
-
5
2
2
3
-
1
-
-
-
1
1
-
-
-
-
-
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
89
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20HSP401
GENERAL PROFICIENCY–I
L
T
P
C
Hrs
0
0
2
1
30
Course Objectives
• To enrich strong vocabulary and decoding skills through comprehension analysis
• To advance communication and leadership skills pragmatically
• To pronounce English sounds in isolation and in connected speech
• To expand effective written communication skills to meet organizational goals
• To extend knowledge on verbal aptitude and prepare for interviews
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 - Interpret meaning and apply reading strategies in technical and non-technical context (K2)
CO2 - Develop interpersonal communication skills professionally (K3)
CO3 - Infer the distinct speech sounds and overcome native language influence (K2)
CO4 - Demonstrate various forms of formal writing (K2)
CO5 - Apply the techniques of verbal aptitude in competitive exams (K3)
UNIT I - COMPREHENSION ANALYSIS (6 Hrs)
Listening: Listening Comprehension (IELTS based) – Speaking: Break the iceberg - Reading: Reading
technical passage (IELTS based) - Writing: Writing Task: 1 (IELTS: Graph/ Process /Chart Description)
Vocabulary: Synonyms (IELTS)
UNIT II - PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT (6 Hrs)
Listening: Interview Videos- Speaking: Extempore& Presentation (Soft Skills) - Reading: British & American
Vocabulary, Read and review (Books, Magazines) - Writing: SWOT Analysis Vocabulary: Idioms (IELTS)
UNIT III -INFERENTIAL LEARNING (6 Hrs)
Listening: Listening Speech sounds to overcome Mother Tongue Influence, Anecdotes– Speaking:
Interpersonal Interaction & Situational attribution–Reading: Distinguish between facts & opinions - Writing:
Writing Conversation to different context Vocabulary: Phrasal Verbs (IELTS)
UNIT IV - INTERPRETATION AND FUNCTIONAL WRITING (6 Hrs)
Listening: Group Discussion videos - Speaking: Group Discussion Practice - Reading: Interpretation of data
- Graph, table, chart, diagram (IELTS based) -Writing: Writing Task: 2 (IELTS) Vocabulary: Collocations
(IELTS)
UNIT V- APTITUDE (6 Hrs)
Language Enhancement: Articles, Preposition, Tenses
Verbal Ability Enhancement: Blood Relation, Completing Statements- Cloze test, Spotting Errors –Sentence
Improvement, One Word Substitution, Word Analogy, Word Groups( GATE)
Reference Books
1. Jeff Butterfield, “Soft Skills for Everyone”, Cengage Learning, New Delhi, 2012.
2. Mn,Taylor, and Grant Taylor. “English Conversation Practice”. Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2004.
3. Bailey, Stephen. “Academic writing: A practical guide for students”. Psychology Press, 2003.
4. Aggarwal, R. S. “A Modern Approach to Verbal & Non Verbal Reasoning”. S. Chand, 2010.
5. Wren, Percival Christopher, and Wren Martin. “High School English Grammar and Composition”. S
Chand, 2005.
Web References
1. https://www.ielts-exam.net/grammar/
2. https://ieltsfocus.com/2017/08/02/collocations-ielts/
3. https://www.fresherslive.com/online-test/blood-relations-questions-and-answers
4. https://www.toppr.com/guides/english-language/reading-comprehension/cloze-test/
5. https://www.examsbook.com/word-analogy-test-questions-with-answers
90
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3
-
1
1
-
-
2
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
-
3
-
1
1
-
-
3
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3
-
1
1
-
-
4
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3
-
1
1
-
-
5
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3
-
1
-
-
-
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
91
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTP407
PATTERN ENGINIREEING-II LAB
L
T
P
C
Hrs
0
0
3
1
30
Course Objectives
• To train the student for develop the various pattern
• To develop the patterns grading of patterns
• To train the studet for develop the patern in godets
• To train the student in Jeans and Jumpsuites
• To develop the patterns for garment components.
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 - Develop Patterns For Women’s, Men’s And Children’s Garments(K5)
CO2 - Do Grading Of Patterns(K5)
CO3 - Develop pattern for godets(K5)
CO4 - Develop pattern for Jeans And Jumpsuits(K5)
CO5 - Develop Patterns For Basic Bodice, Gored and Flared Skirts. (K5)
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Draft and stitch pattern for classic princess style line using two-dart basic block pattern
2. Draft and stitch pattern for pleated shoulder cowl using the basic front pattern block
3. Draft and stitch pattern for 6-gore flared skirt.
4. Draft and stitch torso foundation for dresses without waist line seam.
5. Grade a basic block of size 8 to size 6
6. Grade a skirt of size 12 to size 6
7. Draft and stitch pattern for godets
8. Prepare muslin fabric for draping and drape a basic bodice on the body form.
9. Prepare muslin fabric for draping and drape any skirt on the body form.
10. Prepare muslin fabric for draping and drape shawl collar on the body form.
11. Prepare muslin fabric for draping and drape convertible collar on the body form.
12. Study of fabric manipulation techniques and stitch sample for any one.
Reference Books
1. Laboratory Manual prepared by the Department of Fashion Technology, 2020.
2. Helen Joseph, Armstrong, “Patternmaking for Fashion Design”, Pearson Education Pte. Ltd., 2005.
3. Winifred Aldrich, “Metric Pattern Cutting for Children’s Wear and Baby Wear”, Blackwell Publishing, 2004.
4. Pattern grading for women’s clothes by Gerry Cooklin, Blackwell Publishing. ISBN 0-632-05692-4
5. Metric pattern cutting for men’s wear by Winifred Aldrich, Blackwell Publishing. 5th edition, ISBN 978-81-
265-3241-4
6. Metric pattern cutting for women’s wear by Winifred Aldrich, Blackwell Publishing. 5th edition, ISBN: 978-1-
118-37205-0
Web References
1. https://www.nationalskillsnetwork.in/importance-of-pattern-making-in-fashion-and-apparel-design/
2. https://ecoleholtcouture.wordpress.com/2014/04/11/pattern-cutting-pattern-making-pattern-engineering/
3. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/5658/basics-of-pattern-making
4. https://www.shiksha.com/design/fashion-design/articles/fashion-apparel-engineering-scope-career-options-
blogId-8063
92
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
3
2
3
-
2
-
-
-
2
2
-
-
2
2
-
2
3
2
3
-
-
-
-
-
2
2
-
-
2
2
-
3
3
2
3
-
-
-
-
-
2
2
-
-
2
2
-
4
3
2
3
-
-
-
-
-
2
2
-
-
2
2
-
5
3
2
3
-
2
-
-
-
2
2
-
-
2
2
-
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
93
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTP408
TEXTILE CHEMICAL PROCESSING LAB
L
T
P
C
Hrs
0
0
3
1
30
Course Objectives
• To train the students Bleaching, dyeing and printing.
• To traint he student for various application processingin textile dyeing industry
• To explain the student process parameters in dyeing industry.
• To train the student handling the dyeing machines.
• To train the student of quality control of dyend and printed maerial
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1: Acquiring knowledge on bleaching, dyeing and printing process(K4)
CO2: Estimation and application of chemicals and dyes for processing the textile materials. (K4)
CO3: Demonstrate ability to formulate appropriate shade and process parameters of chemical process. (K4)
CO4: Apply the different types of machines for the chemical processing(K5)
CO5: Acquiring knowledge on fastness properties of dyed materials. (K5)
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
1. Acid and enzymatic desizing of Cotton fabrics.
2. Batch wise alkaline scouring of cotton fabric and P/C blend.
3. Peroxide bleaching of Cotton fabrics
4. Mercerization of cotton hank
5. Dyeing of cotton with direct dye.
6. Dyeing of cotton with vat dye.
7. Dyeing of cotton with reactive dye.
8. Dyeing of cotton with sulphur dye.
9. Dyeing of 100% polyester with disperse dye by using HTHP beaker dyeing machine.
10. Direct style of printing on cotton with reactive dye
11. Discharge and Resist style of printing on cotton with reactive dye
12. Direct and discharge style of printing on PET with disperse dye
13. Softening treatments on garment.
Reference Books
1. Laboratory Manual prepared by the Department of Fashion Technology, 2020
2. Trotman E. R., “Dyeing and Chemical Technology of Textile Fibres”, B.I Publishing Pvt.Ltd., New Delhi,
1994, ISBN: 0471809101 | ISBN-13: 9780471809104
3. Karmarkar S.R., “Chemical Technology in Pre-treatment processes of Textiles”, Elsevier Publications,
Newyork,1999, ISBN: 044450060X | ISBN-13: 9780444500601
4. Shenai V. A., “Chemistry of Dyes and Principles of Dyeing”, Sevak Publications, Mumbai, 1995, ISBN:
B0007BFE9Y.
5. Shenai V. A., “Technology of Printing”, Sevak Publications, Mumbai, 1996
6. Miles W. C., “Textile Printing”, Wood head Publication, 2003, ISBN 0 901956 76 1
Web References
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/116/102/116102016/
2. https://www.slideshare.net/kanhaiyakumawat2/textile-chemical-processing
3. https://www.sciencedirect.com/topics/engineering/textile-wet-processing
94
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
2
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
2
2
1
2
3
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
2
2
1
3
2
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
2
2
1
4
1
2
-
-
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
2
2
1
5
2
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
2
2
1
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
95
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTP409
GARMENT CONSTRUCTION - I LAB
L
T
P
C
Hrs
0
0
2
1
30
Course Objectives
• To train the student for commercial garment components
• To demonstrate skills in sewing techniques in constructing the garment.
• To demonstrate skills in samples making commercial garment categories
• To demonstrate skills in technical problems faced in seam sample preparation
• To demonstrate the prepare technical specifications sheet
Course Outcomes (COs)
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1. Fabricate seam specifications of commercial garment categories. (K3)
CO2. Choose and apply sewing techniques in constructing the garment. (K4)
CO3. Construct samples making use of garmenting techniques. (K4)
CO4. Predict the technical problems faced in seam sample preparation(K5)
CO5. Apply fundamental concepts and prepare technical specifications. (K5)
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Study of SOP for shirt measurement.
2. Tech pack preparation for Men’s formal shirt
3. Prepare pattern for Men’s Formal shirt.
4. Stitching of Men’s Formal shirt
5. Study of SOP for Trouser measurement.
6. Tech- pack preparation for Men’s formal trouser.
7. Prepare pattern for Men’s Formal trouser.
8. Stitching of Men’s Formal trouser.
9. Prepare cost sheet for stitched formal shirt.
10. Prepare cost sheet for stitched formal trouser.
11. Adopt pattern of formal shirt for variations in shirt.
12. Adopt pattern of formal trouser for variations in trouser.
Reference Book:
1. Laboratory Manual prepared by the Department of Fashion Technology, 2020.
2. Jacob Solinger, “Apparel Production Handbook”, Reinhold Publications,1998
3. Carr H and Latham B., “The Technology of Clothing Manufacturing”, Blackwell Science, U.K.,1994
Web References
1. https://ncert.nic.in/vocational/pdf/ivsm103.pdf
2. https://www.slideshare.net/sarwatshabbir/1-garments
3. https://www.cottonworks.com/topics/sourcing-manufacturing/garment-manufacturing/the-art-of-garment-
manufacturing-garment-construction/
4. https://www.textileschool.com/258/garment-construction-techniques/
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
3
3
-
-
2
-
-
-
2
2
-
-
2
-
-
2
3
3
-
-
2
-
-
-
2
2
-
-
2
-
-
3
3
3
-
-
2
-
-
-
2
2
-
-
2
-
-
4
3
2
-
-
2
-
-
-
2
2
-
-
2
-
-
5
3
2
-
-
2
-
-
-
2
2
-
-
2
-
-
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High
96
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTC4XX CERTIFICATION COURSES IV
L
T
P
C
Hrs
0
0
4
-
50
Students shall choose an International certification course offered by the reputed organizations like
Google, Microsoft, IBM, Texas Instruments, Bentley, Autodesk, Eplan and CISCO, etc. The duration of the
course is 40-50 hours specified in the curriculum, which will be offered through Centre of Excellence.
Pass /Fail will be determined on the basis of participation, attendance, performance and completion of
the course. If a candidate Fails, he/she has to repeat the course in the subsequent years. Pass in this course
is mandatory for the award of degree
97
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTS403
SKILL DEVELOPMENT COURSE 3
(Choose anyone of the below three courses)
L
T
P
C
Hrs
0
0
2
-
30
1. COMPUTER COLOUR MATCHING
Course Content:
1. Computer Colour Matching System (CCMS)
2. Computer Colour Matching System – Components – 1. Spectrophotometer, 2. Personal Computer 3.
Colour Matching software
3. Colour Matching software iin dyeing Industry
4. Colour match Prediction
5. Colour Different calculation
6. Pass/Fail option
7. Colour Fastness rating
8. Cost comparision, Strength evaluation of dyes, Colour strength
2. DIGITAL FASHION MARKETING
Course Content:
1. INTRODUCTION TO E-MARKETING: B2C, B2B, C2B and C2C, e-marketing objectives, Introduction to
e-strategy, Digital marketing platforms, Approaches to marketing mix: 4Ps. 5Is, 4Cs and 7 Ps. Adding
digital value to product, QR codes, New pricing approaches, pricing under pressure.
2. E MODELS AND E CUSTOMERS: Introduction to e models, online revenue models, attribution,
communication model, customer information processing model, customer buying model, social media
models. Introduction to e customers, motivations, fears and phobias, online information processing,
online buying process, online relationship and loyalty, researching online customers.
3. SOCIAL MEDIA MARKETING: Importance, media platforms, review business goals for social media,
strategy for managing social media, Social media optimization.
4. SITE DESIGN: Objectives of effective site design, Online value proposition, different aspects of aesthetic
design- Graphics , Colour, Style, Layout and Typography, Navigation and structure, Mobile site design.
5. TRAFFIC BUILDING & E-CRM: Key aspects of traffic building, Search Engine Optimisation (SEO), Pay
per Click search marketing, managing Pay Per Click (PPC), Online partnerships, Interactive advertising,
Viral marketing. E-CRM: Introduction to relationship marketing, Database marketing, Profiling,-
approaches to profiling, Control issues in E CRM.
6. MANAGING DIGITAL MARKETING: Budgeting for digital marketing, selecting the best communications
mix, selecting the right suppliers for digital marketing, Change management for digital transformation,
Measuring and optimizing digital marketing with digital analytics, E-business security.
3. IMPORT AND EXPORT DOCUMENTATION
Course Content:
1. INTRODUCTION: Export – Import Business – Preliminaries for starting Export – Import Business
Registration
2. EXPORT PROCEDURES: Obtaining an Export License – Export Credit Insurance – Procedures and
Documentation
3. FOREIGN EXCHANGE: Finance for Exports – Pricing - Understanding Foreign Exchange Rates
4. IMPORT PROCEDURES: Import Policy – License - Procedure and Documentation.
5. EXPORT INCENTIVES: Incentives – Institutional Support.
98
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTM404 NCC / NSS
NCC/NSS training is compulsory for all the Undergraduate students
1. The above activities will include Practical/field activities/Extension lectures.
2. The above activities shall be carried out outside class hours.
3. In the above activities, the student participation shall be for a minimum period of 30 hours.
4. The above activities will be monitored by the respective faculty in-charge.
5. Pass /Fail will be determined on the basis of participation, attendance, performance and behavior. If a
candidate Fails, he/she has to repeat the course in the subsequent years. Pass in this course is mandatory
for the award of degree
99
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTE401
HIGH FASHION SEWING TECHNIQUES
L
T
P
C
Hrs
3
0
0
3
45
Course Objectives
• To explain various pattern for garment component.
• To explain various seam techniques.
• To teach design details of various garment parts.
• To explain various technical details on facing and binding.
• To explain fabric manipulation techniques.
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1. Understand the pattern for garment component. (K3)
CO2. Understand the various seam techniques. (K3)
CO3. Understand the design details of various garment parts. (K3)
CO4. Understand the various technical details on facing and binding(K2)
CO5. Understand the fabric manipulation techniques.(K4)
UNIT I (9 Hrs)
Preparing a Pattern - precision pattern making, adding a seam, eliminating a seam, transferring a seam,
making a neckline facing, all in one facing, transferring darts, converting darts to dart tucks, converting darts
to seams; Necklines – shallow V-neck, Cut-away sccop neck; Tucks –vertical tucks, tuck seams.
UNIT II (9 Hrs)
SEAMS: strap seam, raised French seam, Raised overlock seam, Stand –up bound seam, piped seam, baby
seam, Petersham Peek seams; Hems – narrow top stitched hem, gold overlock hem, blanket stitched hem,
chiffon hem, band hem, ribbon trimmed hem, decorative trim hem, petersham Peek on Wrap Skirt, Hong Kong
finish on outside, charmeuse welt hemming, picot finish, easy twin needle hem, bubble hem finish, faced hem,
braid hem.
UNIT III (9 Hrs)
DESIGN DETAILS: Pockets and Flaps: Piped patch pocket on jacket, double welt pocket on a skirt, window
pane opening, inseam pocket with invisible zipper at seam, inseam pocket with faux flap; Collars and Lapels:
tie collar, detachable turtleneck, double flounce collar, fancy lapels, notched collar; Plackets and fasteners –
keyhole opening, bound neckline placket, button loops, fly or concealed front placket, bound buttonholes,
blind bound buttonholes, easy slot zipper; Trims – Roses and lace inserts; Wraps and shawls – cocoon wraps,
ruffled shawl and evening wrap; Inner parts – waist stay, blouse stay and cowl stay; Interfacing and linings –
Interfacing a jacket, bagging a jacket and adding a skirt lining.
UNIT IV (9 Hrs)
FACING AND BINDING: banded V-neck on knit and woven fabric, ribbon banded v-neck, banded curved
neckline, double fold silk charmeuse binding, double fold binding on chiffon, free flow charmeuse binding on
chiffon, piped double fold binding on woven fabric, single fold binding, baby French binding, single fold binding
on chiffon, high waist couture facing, lining/binding skirt panels.
UNIT V (9 Hrs)
FABRIC MANIPULATION TECHNIQUES: Controlled Crushing : Gathering, Shirring Supplementary fullness:
Ruffles, flounces Systematic folding: Pleating, Smocking, Tucking Filled Reliefs : cording, Quilting, Stuffing
Structured Surfaces: Darts Mixed Manipulations – Technique variations, creative combinations.
HAUTE COUTURE SEWING TECHNIQUES: applying Couture techniques: skirts and pants, blouses and
dresses, sleeves, jackets and coats, corsets, designing with fabrics.
Text Books:
1. Colette Wolff , The Art of Manipulating Fabric Paperback –1996, Krausae Publications.
2. Claire B. Shaeffer, High-Fashion Sewing Secrets from the World's Best Designers: Step-By-Step Guide to
Sewing Stylish Seams, Buttonholes, Pockets, Collars, Hems and More (Rodale Sewing Book) 1997, Rodale
Press; 3rd edition
100
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
Reference Books:
1. Lynda Maynard, The Dressmaker's Handbook of Couture Sewing Techniques: Essential Step-by-Step
Techniques for Professional Results, 2010, Interweave; Spi edition
2. Marie Clayton, ―Ultimate Sewing Bible – A Complete Reference with Step-by-Step Techniques‖, Collins &
Brown, London, 2008.
3. Laing R M and Webster J, ―Stitches and Seams‖, Textile Progress, The Textile Institute,
Manchester,1998.
Web References
1. https://cfashionedu.com/product/sewing-techniques-from-the-fashion-industry/
2. https://sewguide.com/haute-couture/
3. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/7481/fashion-designers-perspectives-on-fashion-sewing
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
2
-
2
-
3
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
2
-
2
2
-
2
-
3
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
2
-
3
2
-
2
-
3
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
2
-
4
2
-
2
-
3
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
2
-
5
2
-
2
-
2
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
2
-
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
101
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTE402
DRAPING TECHNIQUES
L
T
P
C
Hrs
3
0
0
3
45
Course Objectives
• Learn the Draping tools & Procedure.
• Learn about draping of basic bodice& sleeves
• Understand the draping of Skirts, Slacks, Yokes & collars and sleeves.
• Learn about the draping of manipulation.
• Learn about the draping of advanced design variations and draping of knit garments
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1. Understand the Draping tools & Procedure. (K3)
CO2. Understand the draping of basic bodice& sleeves. (K3)
CO3. Understand the draping of Skirts, Slacks, Yokes & collars and sleeves. (K3)
CO4. Understand the various technical details draping of manipulation (K2)
CO5. Understand the advanced design variations and draping of knit garments.(K3)
Unit I Introduction to draping (9 Hrs)
Introduction to draping: Method of draping - types of dress forms, Draping terminology, tools and equipments,
dress forms, elements of fabric behaviour, principles and techniques of draping.
Unit II Draping Of Bodice Blocks & Variations (9 Hrs)
Front Bodice with under arm Dart – Back Bodice with Neckline Dart -Dart manipulation – Waist line Dart –
Dart at waistline and centre front – French Dart – Double French Dart – Flange Dart – Neckline Dart -Neckline
variations – Front & Back Armhole variations – Typical sleeveless – Squared – Cutaway
Unit III Draping Of Skirts & Slacks (9 Hrs)
Draping of one piece basic skirt – Gored skirt – Flared skirt – Pleats in the flared skirt – Gathers in the flared
skirt – Pleated skirt – Side & Box pleated skirt – Kick pleated and inverted pleated skirt. Draping of basic
straight slacks – Fitted slacks – Tapered slacks -Pegged slacks – Divided skirt
Unit IV Dart Manipulation Neck variations (9 Hrs)
Cowls – basic front and back cowl, butterfly twist. Yokes - bodices yoke, hip yoke, and midriff yoke.
Unit V Draping Of Advanced Design Variations & Knit Garments (9 Hrs)
Draping of bias – Cut slip Dress – Bustier Designs – basic Knit Bodice Dress – Knit Halter – Knit Leotard –
Knit Panties. Draping of Flounces – Circular flounce – Shirred Flounce – Draping of Ruffles – Variable Ruffle
finishes – Draping of peplums. Draping of ‘A’line shift – Draping of Princess Dress – Draping of Basic Jacket.
Text Books:
1. The Art of Fashion Draping Connie Amaden Crawford Fair Child Publication, New York Om Books
International, New Delhi 2005
2. Draping for Fashion Design Hilde Jaffe & Nurie Relis Prentice Hall career & Technology, Engle wood
Cliffs, USA 2002
3. Integrating draping, drafting and drawing, Abling, Bina and Maggio, Kathleen. Fairchild Books, Inc., 2008.
4. Patternmaking for Fashion Design, Helen Joseph-Armstrong, 4th Edition, Pearson Publication, 2012,
5. Draping for Apparel Design, Helen Joseph-Armstrong., 2013,
6. Cutting & Sewing Theory, Gayatri Verma & Kapil Dev, Asian Publishers, 2015
Reference Books:
1. The Art of Sewing, Thomas Anna Jacob, UBS Publishers Distributors Ltd. New Delhi, 1994
2. Cutting and Tailoring Theory , Verma G, Asian Publishers, Delhi, 1999
102
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
Web References
1. https://style2designer.com/apparel/draping-mannequin/what-is-draping-technique-and-its-process/
2. https://www.thecuttingclass.com/draping-and-moulage/
3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?app=desktop&v=IpaEohZaoSc&feature=share
4. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/7463/art-of-fashion-draping
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
2
2
2
-
3
3
-
-
-
2
-
-
1
2
-
2
2
2
2
-
3
3
-
-
-
2
-
-
1
2
-
3
2
2
2
-
3
3
-
-
-
2
-
-
1
2
-
4
2
2
2
-
3
3
-
-
-
2
-
-
1
2
-
5
2
2
2
-
3
3
-
-
-
2
-
-
1
2
-
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
103
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTE403
INTIMATE APPAREL
L
T
P
C
Hrs
3
0
0
3
45
Course Objectives
• Learn the various body measurement of garment.
• Learn about development of men’s wear
• Learn about development of women’s wear.
• Learn about the various girdles and design
• Learn about the development of night wear design and production of intimate apparels
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1. Strong knowledge of various intimate apparel’s. (K3)
CO2. Understand the development of men’s wear. (K3)
CO3. Understand the development of women’s wear. (K3)
CO4. Understand the various technical details of girdles and design (K2)
CO5.Understand the development of night wear design and production of intimate apparels.(K3)
Unit I (9 Hrs)
INTIMATE APPAREL: Types- whole body, upper body and lower body. Classification of kid‗s, women‘s and
men‘s intimates. Quality requirements- fibers, fabrics, designs. Physical and physiological health effects of
intimate apparel, comfort in intimate apparel.
Unit II (9 Hrs)
MEN’S WEAR: Design and development, measurements , drafting procedure and construction sequence –
long johns, tank top, tanga, boy shorts, knickers, bikini underwear, thong, boxer briefs, boxer shorts and
jockstrap.
Unit III (9 Hrs)
WOMEN’S LINGERIE: Design and development, measurements, drafting procedure and construction
sequence - petticoats, panties, camisoles, spaghetti top, tube top, bikini. Brassiere - technology, innovations,
bio-mechanical engineering of bra, basic block of bra pattern. Intimate apparel with special functions - sports
bra, panty hose, swimwear, mastectomy bra and maternity underwear.
Unit IV (9 Hrs)
INNOVATIONS OF GIRDLES - Introduction, historical development of girdles, classification of modern
girdles, innovations of shape-up girdles, Inventions of health promoting girdles, materials for girdles, fabric
properties in girdle design.
Unit V (9 Hrs)
NIGHT WEAR: Design and development, measurements, drafting procedure and construction sequence -
night gown, pajamas‘, negligee, peignoir and baby doll.
INTIMATE APPAREL PRODUCTION TECHNOLOGY- Accessories: Bra wire, hook & eye tape, ring & slider,
buckle, plastic bone, elastics and threads Principles, methods, technical aspects and controls of lamination,
molding and welding for production of intimate apparels.
Text Books:
1. C. Harlock, S.P. Ng ―Innovation and Technology of Women's Intimate Apparel‖, Woodhead Publishing
Limited, England, 2006.
2. Ann Haggar, ― Pattern Cutting For Lingerie, Beach Wear And Leisure Wear‖, Black Well Science Limited,
France, 2001.
Reference Books:
1. Lynn Nottage, ―Intimate Apparel / Fabulation‖, Theatre Communications Group, USA, 2006.
2. Stokes Terry, ―Intimate Apparel‖, Brooklyn: Release Press, USA, 1980.
3. Singer, ―Sewing Lingerie‖, Cy Decosse Incorporated, Mexico, 1991.
104
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
Web References
1. https://www.intechopen.com/books/textile-manufacturing-processes/innovation-in-the-comfort-of-intimate-
apparel
2. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/7664/india-gears-up-to-rule-the-intimate-apparel-market
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
1
2
-
-
-
2
3
-
2
-
2
-
1
2
-
2
1
2
-
-
-
2
3
-
2
-
2
-
1
2
-
3
1
2
-
-
-
2
3
-
2
-
2
-
1
2
-
4
1
2
-
-
-
2
3
-
2
-
2
-
1
2
-
5
1
2
-
-
-
2
3
-
2
-
2
-
1
2
-
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
105
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTE404
FASHION PORTFOLIO
L
T
P
C
Hrs
3
0
0
3
45
Course Objectives
• To explain various students document presentation skills.
• To explain various forecasting and importance.
• To teach Fashion presentation with various media.
• To explain various technical details and documents.
• To explain fundamentals of designer display folders & different design options.
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1. Understand the various students document presentation skills (K2)
CO2. Understand the various forecasting and importance. (K3)
CO3. Understand the Fashion presentation with various media. (K3)
CO4. Understand the various technical details and documents (K3)
CO5. Understand the selection of designer display folders & different design options are possible for
showcasing their creative works.. (K4)
UNIT I (9 Hrs)
Portfolio Preparation- Introduction, Definition, Types, importance and need, presentation skills using various
media.
UNIT II (9 Hrs)
Fashion Forecasting- Introduction, Definition, Types, Methods, Sources. Colour forecasting- importance, need
and application
UNIT III (9 Hrs)
Fashion Presentation Boards- Inspiration Boards, Theme Board, Mood Board, concept Board, Colour board,
Swatch Board, Client board, Illustrations
UNIT IV (9 Hrs)
Technical details- Material Handling, Material Management, Flat sketch, Spec Sheet, cost sheet,
UNIT V (9 Hrs)
Fashion Photography- Introduction, Definition, types, Importance, Selection of Location, Lights- Day light,
Night Light. Speed, aperture, ISO Fashion show-Introduction, Types, Importance, techniques, choreography,
Makeup and hair style.
Text Books:
1. Linda Tain “Portfolio Presentation for Fashion Designers”, Fairchild Publication Inc., 4th edition, New York
2018
2. Gini Stephens Frings, “Fashion – From concept to Consumer”. Pearson Education, 9th edition 2007
References Books:
1. Nancy Riegelman, “Colours for modern Fashion- Drawing fashion with coloured markers.” Nine Heads
media, I edition 2006.
2. Jeremy Web, “ Basics Creative Photography- Design Principles”, Bloomsbury Visual Arts, Ist edition 2017
106
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
Web References
1. https://www.behance.net/gallery/71373427/Fashion-Design-portfolio
2. https://www.pixpa.com/examples/fashion
3. https://successfulfashiondesigner.com/fashion-portfolio/fashion-portfolio-checklist/
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
2
2
-
-
3
-
-
-
2
2
-
-
3
2
-
2
2
2
-
-
3
-
-
-
2
2
-
-
3
2
-
3
2
2
-
-
3
-
-
-
2
2
-
-
3
2
-
4
2
2
-
-
3
-
-
-
2
2
-
-
3
2
-
5
2
2
-
-
3
-
-
-
2
2
-
-
3
2
-
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
107
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTE405
HIGH FASHION DESIGNING
L
T
P
C
Hrs
3
0
0
3
45
Course Objectives
• To explain various haute couture.
• To explain various haute couture designers.
• To teach various Fashion of Bridal wear.
• To teach various Fashion of Western wear.
• To teach fashion of celebrity collections.
• To teach various rampwalk collections.
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1. Understand the various applications of haute couture. (K2)
CO2. Understand the concept of haute culture designer’s process.(k2)
CO3. Understand and various application of Fashion in Bridal wear. (K3)
CO4. Understand and various application of Fashion in western wear. (K3)
CO5. Understand the various concepts of celebrity collections. (K3)
CO6. Understand the various technical concepts of rampwalk collections. (K4)
UNIT -I (7 Hrs)
INTRODUCTION TO HAUTE COUTURE: Couture tools, supplies and applications, understanding muscular
and skeletal functions of the human body, body types – Apple, Pear, Hourglass, rectangle, Garment
Silhouttes - measurement taking and custom fitting, history of haute couture and current trends
UNIT -II (8 Hrs)
HAUTE COUTURE DESIGNERS: Profile, collections, brand, Trade fairs, Introduction on Haute-a-porter,
Elements and Principles of design, Identification of inspiration, choosing a theme or concept, development of
mood board, story board, fabric board, colour board, design board, portfolio development and communication
UNIT -III (8 Hrs)
BRIDAL WEAR: Categories of Bridalwear, design principle requirements, Factors influencing the designing of
bridalwear, selection of fabrics, colour, silhouette, binding, facing, hemming, interlinings, support materials,
trimmings, decorative techniques and embellishments for bridal wear collection.
UNIT -I V (8 Hrs)
WESTERN WEAR: Categories of Western wear for men, women and children, Trend analysis, Factors
influencing the designing of western wear, selection of fabrics, silhouette, colour, trimmings, decorative
techniques and embellishments for western wear collection.
UNIT -V (7 Hrs)
CELEBRITY COLLECTIONS: Understanding the customer, Factors influencing the designing of celebrity
collection, selection of fabrics, silhouette, colour, trimmings, decorative techniques and embellishments for
celebrity collection. Design interpretation of design collection
UNIT -VI (7 Hrs)
RAMPWALK COLLECTIONS: International Fashion shows, Factors influencing the designing of collection for
fashion shows, selection of fabrics, colour, silhouette, binding, facing, hemming, interlinings, support
materials, trimmings, decorative techniques and embellishments for ramp collections
Text Books:
1. Claire B. Shaeffer, High-Fashion Sewing Secrets from the World's Best Designers: Step-By-Step Guide to
Sewing Stylish Seams, Buttonholes, Pockets, Collars, Hems and More (Rodale Sewing Book) 1997,
Rodale Press; third edition.
2. Debby Roosa, A Designer's Book of Bridal Gowns, The Fashiondex, Inc.,2004.
108
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
Reference Books:
1. Lynda Maynard, The Dressmaker's Handbook of Couture Sewing Techniques: Essential Step-by-Step
Techniques for Professional Results, 2010, Interweave; Spi edition
2. Marie Clayton, ―Ultimate Sewing Bible – A Complete Reference with Step-by-Step Techniques‖, Collins
& Brown, London, 2008.
3. Laing R M and Webster J, ―Stitches and Seams‖, Textile Progress, The Textile Institute,
Manchester,1998.
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
1
2
-
-
-
2
3
-
2
-
2
-
1
2
-
2
1
2
-
-
-
2
3
-
2
-
2
-
1
2
-
3
1
2
-
-
-
2
3
-
2
-
2
-
1
2
-
4
1
2
-
-
-
2
3
-
2
-
2
-
1
2
-
5
1
2
-
-
-
2
3
-
2
-
2
-
1
2
-
6
1
2
-
-
-
2
3
-
2
-
2
1
2
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High
109
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20EEO402
ELECTRICAL SAFETY
(Common to ECE, ICE, MECH, CIVIL, Mechatronics, CCE,
BME, IT, CSE, FT)
L
T
P
C
Hrs
3
0
0
3
45
Course Objectives
• To familiarize the Indian Electricity Rules and Act related with electrical safety.
• To provide a knowledge about electrical shocks and safety precautions.
• To create awareness of the electrical safety associated with installation of electrical equipment.
• To analyze different Hazardous areas for electrical safety.
• To expose knowledge about necessity of safety policy and safety management.
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 - Describe the Indian Electricity (IE) acts and various rules for electrical safety. (K2)
CO2 - Expose safety measures to prevent electrical shock in handling of domestic electrical appliances. (K3)
CO3 - Evaluate the safety aspects during installation of plant and equipment. (K3)
CO4 - Describe the various hazardous area and application of electrical safety in various places. (K3)
CO5 - Acquire knowledge about importance of electrical safety training to improve quality management in electrical
systems. (K3)
UNIT I CONCEPTS AND STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS (9 Hrs)
Objective and scope of electrical safety - National electrical Safety code - Statutory requirements – Indian Electricity
acts related to electrical Safety - Safety electrical one line diagram - International standards on electrical safety safe
limits of current and voltage - Grounding of electrical equipment of low voltage and high voltage systems - Safety
policy - Electrical safety certificate requirement
UNIT II ELECTRICAL SHOCKS AND THEIR PREVENTION (9 Hrs)
Primary and secondary electrical shocks - Possibilities of getting electrical shock and its severity - Effect of electrical
shock of human being - Shocks due to flash/ Spark over’s - Firing shock - Multi storied building - Prevention of
shocks - Safety precautions - Safe guards for operators - Do’s and Don’ts for safety in the use of domestic electrical
appliances - Case studies on electrical causes of fire and explosion
UNIT III SAFETY DURING INSTALLATION, TESTING AND COMMISSIONING, OPERATION AND
MAINTENANCE (9 Hrs)
Need for inspection and maintenance - Preliminary preparations - Field quality and safety - Personal protective
equipment - Safe guards for operators - Safety equipment - Risks during installation of electrical plant and equipment
- Effect of lightning current on installation and buildings - Safety aspects during installation -Safety during installation
of electrical rotating machines - Importance of earthing in installation– Agricultural pump installation
UNIT IV HAZARDOUS ZONES (9 Hrs)
Primary and secondary hazards - Hazardous area classification and of electrical equipments (IS, NFPA, API and
OSHA standards) - Explosive gas area classifications: Class I(Division 1) - Zone 0, Zone 1, zone 2 classified
locations, Design Philosophy for Equipment and installations-Classification of equipment enclosure for various
hazardous gases and vapors - flash hazard calculation and approach distances- calculating the required level of arc
protection
UNIT V SAFETY MANAGEMENT OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS (9 Hrs)
Principles of Safety Management - Occupational safety and health administration standards - Safety organization -
Safety auditing - Employee electrical safety teams - Electrical safety training to improve Quality management - Total
quality control and management – Importance of high load factor - Causes of low power factor - Disadvantages of
low power factor - Power factor improvement - Importance of P.F. improvement - Case studies of electrical
workplace safety practices.
Text books
1. John Cadick, Mary CapelliSchellpfeffer, Dennis Neitzel, Al Winfield, “Electrical Safety Handbook”, McGraw-Hill
Education, 4th Edition, 2012.
2. Madden, M. John, “Electrical Safety and the Law: A Guide to Compliance”, Wiley publications, 4th Edition, 2002.
3. Mohamed A. El-Sharkawi, “Electric Safety: Practice and Standards”, CRC Press; 1st Edition, 2013.
Reference books
1. Rob Zachariason, “Electrical Safety”, Delmar Cengage Learning, 1st Edition, 2011.
2. Peter E. Sutherland, “Principles of Electrical Safety”, Wiley-IEEE Press; 1st Edition, 2014.
110
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
Web References
1. https://www.apeasternpower.com/downloads/elecact2003.pdf
2. https://safetyculture.com/topics/electrical-hazards/
3. https://www.jove.com/science-education/10114/electrical-safety-precautions-and-basic-equipment
4. https://electrical-engineering-portal.com/21-safety-rules-for-working-with-electrical-equipment
5. https://www.electrical4u.com/safety-precautions-for-electrical-system/
6. https://www.constellation.com/energy-101/electrical-safety-tips.html
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
3
3
3
2
-
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
-
2
3
3
3
2
-
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
-
3
3
3
3
2
-
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
-
4
3
3
3
2
-
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
-
5
3
3
3
2
-
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
-
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High
111
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20ECO402
CONSUMER ELECTRONICS
(Common to EEE, ICE, CSE, MECH, IT, CIVIL, CCE,
BME, Mechatronics, FT)
L
T
P
C
Hours
3
0
0
3
45
Course Objectives
• To enable the troubleshoot of different types of microphones and loudspeakers
• To make the students to analyze the working of digital console, digital FM tuner and troubleshoot audio
systems
• To train and test the working of various colour TV
• To empower them to troubleshoot colour TV receivers
• To equip them to maintain various electronic home and office appliances
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1 -Describe the fundamental audio characteristics and measurements, operating principles of microphone
and loudspeaker (K1)
CO2 -Explain the working of digital console, digital FM tuner and troubleshoot the audio systems (K2)
CO3 -Distinguish the salient features of colour TV and Monochrome and troubleshoot TV camera (K2)
CO4 -Demonstrate various interfaces in digital TV, the working of DTH receiver, CD/DVD players (K3)
CO5 -Explain the working of FAX, Microwave oven, Washing machine, Air conditioner, Refrigerators and
camera (K2)
UNIT -I AUDIO FUNDAMENTALS AND DEVICES (9 Hrs)
Basic characteristics of sound signal, Microphone- working principle, sensitivity, nature of response. Types of
Microphone, Loud speaker- working principle, Woofers and Tweeters, characteristics. Types of Loudspeaker.
Sound recording
UNIT-II AUDIO SYSTEMS (9 Hrs)
Introduction to audio system, Digital Console- Block diagram, working principle, applications, FM tuner-
concepts of digital tuning, ICs used in FM tuner TD702IT, PA address system- Planning, speaker impedance
matching, characteristics, Power amplifier specification
UNIT -III TELEVISION SYSTEMS (9 Hrs)
Monochrome TV standards, Components of TV system, scanning process, aspect ratio, persistence of vision
and flicker, interlace scanning, picture resolution. Composite video signal, Colour TV standards, colour theory,
hue, brightness, saturation, luminance and chrominance. Different types of TV camera.
UNIT -IV TELEVISION RECEIVERS AND VIDEO STANDARDS (9 Hrs)
Colour TV receiver- block diagram, Digital TVs- LCD, LED , PLASMA, HDTV, 3-D TV, projection TV, DTH
receiver, Video interface: Composite, Component, Separate Video, Digital Video, SDI, HDMI, Digital Video
Interface, CD and DVD player: working principles, interfaces
UNIT -V HOME AND OFFICE APPLIANCES (9 Hrs)
Microwave Oven: Types, technical specifications. Washing Machine: hardware and software. Air conditioner
and Refrigerators: Components features, applications, and technical specification. Digital camera and cam
coder: - pick up devices, picture processing, picture storage
Text Books
1. Bali S.P. , ‘Consumer Electronics’, copyright 2008,Pearson Education India
2. Bali R and Bali S.P. ‘Audio video systems : principle practices & troubleshooting’, Khanna Book Publishing
Co. (P) Ltd
3. Gulati R.R., ‘Modern Television practices’, 5th edition, 2015, New Age International Publication (P) Ltd
Reference Books
1. Gupta R.G., ‘Audio video systems’, 2nd edition,2017, Tata Mcgraw Hill, New Delhi, India
2. Whitaker Jerry & Benson Blair, ‘Mastering Digital Television’, McGraw-Hill Professional, 2006
3. Whitaker Jerry & Benson Blair, ‘Standard handbook of Audio engineering’, 2nd edition,2002, McGraw-Hill
Professional
112
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
Web References
1. http://www.scientificamerican.com/article.cfm?id = experts. bluetooth-work
2. http://www.cosc.brocku.ca/Offerings/3P92/seminars/HDTV.ppt
3. http://www.circuitstoday.com/blu-ray-technology-working
4. http://www.freevideolectures.com
COs Mapping with POs and PSOs
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
CO1
2
-
2
1
-
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
-
-
CO2
2
-
2
1
-
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
-
-
CO3
2
-
2
1
-
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
-
-
CO4
2
-
2
1
-
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
-
-
CO5
2
-
2
1
-
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
-
-
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High
113
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20ICO401
SENSORS AND TRANSDUCERS
(Common to ECE, CSE, IT, MECH, CIVIL, CCE,
AI&DS, FT)
L
T
P
C
Hrs
3
0
0
3
45
Course Objectives
● Get to know the methods of measurement, classification of transducers and to analyze error.
● Get exposed to different types of resistive transducers and their application areas
● To acquire knowledge on capacitive and inductive transducers.
● To gain knowledge on variety of transducers
● To introduce about advancements in sensor technology.
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 - Understand the concepts of classification of Transducers. (K2)
CO2 - Familiar with the working of resistance Transducer. (K3)
CO3 - Familiar with the principle and working of various Inductive and Capacitive transducer.(K1)
CO4 - Able to design signal conditioning circuit for various transducers.(K3)
CO5 - Able to identify or choose a transducer for a specific measurement application.(K4)
UNIT I CLASSIFICATION OF TRANSDUCERS (9 Hrs)
General concepts and terminology of measurement systems, transducer classification, general input-output
configuration, static and dynamic characteristics of a measurement system, Statistical analysis of
measurement data.
UNIT II RESISTANCE TRANSDUCERS (9 Hrs)
Resistive transducers: Potentiometers, metal and semiconductor strain gauges and signal conditioning
circuits, strain gauge applications: Load and torque measurement, Digital displacement sensors.
UNIT III INDUCTIVE AND CAPACITIVE TRANSDUCERS (9 Hrs)
Transducers: – Principle of operation, construction details, characteristics and applications of LVDT, Induction
potentiometer – Variable reluctance transducers – Synchros – Microsyn – Principle of operation, construction
details, characteristics of capacitive transducers – Different types & Signal Conditioning – Applications:-
Capacitor microphone, Capacitive pressure sensor, Proximity sensor.
UNIT IV OTHER TRANSDUCERS (9 Hrs)
Piezoelectric transducers and their signal conditioning, Seismic transducer and its dynamic response,
photoelectric transducers, Hall effect sensors, Magnetostrictive transducers. Eddy current transducers. Hall
effect transducers – Optical sensors, IC sensor for temperature – signal conditioning circuits, Introduction to
Fiber optic sensors – Temperature, pressure, flow and level measurement using fiber optic sensors
UNIT V SMART TRANSDUCER (9 Hrs)
Introduction to semiconductor sensor, materials, scaling issues and basics of micro fabrication. Smart
sensors,Intelligent sensor, Mems Sensor, Nano-sensors, SQUID Sensors- Environmental Monitoring sensors
Text Books
1. Doebelin E.O. and Manik D.N., “Measurement Systems”, 6th Edition, McGraw-Hill Education Pvt.
Ltd.,2011.
2. Neubert H.K.P., Instrument Transducers – An Introduction to their Performance and Design, Oxford
University Press, Cambridge,2003
3. Neubert H.K.P., Instrument Transducers – An Introduction to their Performance and DesignClarendon,
Oxford 2ndeditionJacobFraden - 2010
4. DoeblinE..O. “Measurement System Applications and Design”, TMH, 5thEdition, 2004.
114
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
Reference Books
1. BelaG. Liptak,InstrumentEngineers'Handbook,ProcessMeasurementand Analysis, 4th Edition,
Vol.1 ISA/CRC Press,2003.
2. BelaG.Liptak,InstrumentEngineers'Handbook, Process Measurement and Analysis, 4th edition,
Vol.2 ASME PTC ,2018
3. D. Patranabis, Sensors and Transducers, 2nd edition, Prentice Hall of India, 2010. E.A.
4. John P. Bentley, Principles of Measurement Systems, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education,2000.
Web References
1. www.electrical4u.com
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108108147/
3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1uPTyjxZzyo
COs Mapping with POs and PSOs
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
CO1
1
1
-
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
-
-
CO2
1
1
-
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
-
-
CO3
1
1
2
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
-
-
CO4
1
1
-
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
-
-
CO5
1
1
-
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
-
-
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High
115
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20MEO401
RAPID PROTOYPING
(Common to EEE, ECE, ICE, CIVIL, BME, FT)
L
T
P
C
Hrs
3
0
0
3
45
Course Objectives
• To understand the development of RP systems
• To learn the classification of liquid based and solid based rapid prototyping systems
• To understand the powder based rapid prototyping systems
• To learn about the materials for rapid prototyping systems
• To discuss about the reverse engineering and new technologies
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 - Acquire knowledge about the product development (K1)
CO2 - Analyse the classification of liquid based and solid based rapid prototyping systems (K4)
CO3 - Analyse the powder based rapid prototyping systems (K4)
CO4 - Acquire knowledge about the materials for rapid prototyping systems (K1)
CO5 - Acquire knowledge about reverse engineering and new technologies (K1)
UNIT I INTRODUCTION (9 Hrs)
History – Development of RP systems – Applications in Product Development, Reverse Engineering, Rapid
Tooling, Rapid Manufacturing- Principle – Fundamental – File format – Other translators – medical applications
of RP - On demand manufacturing – Direct material deposition - Shape Deposition Manufacturing.
UNIT II LIQUID BASED AND SOLID BASED RAPID PROTOTYPING SYSTEMS (9 Hrs)
Classification – Liquid based system - Stereolithography Apparatus (SLA), details of SL process, products,
Advantages, Limitations, Applications and Uses. Solid based system - Fused Deposition Modeling, principle,
process, products, advantages, applications and uses - Laminated Object Manufacturing.
UNIT III POWDER BASED RAPID PROTOTYPING SYSTEMS (9 Hrs)
Selective Laser Sintering – principles of SLS process, principle of sinter bonding process, Laser sintering
materials, products, advantages, limitations, applications and uses. Three Dimensional Printing – process,
major applications, research and development. Direct shell production casting – key strengths, process,
applications and uses, case studies, research and development. Laser Sintering System, e-manufacturing
using Laser sintering, customized plastic parts, customized metal parts, e-manufacturing - Laser Engineered
Net Shaping (LENS).
UNIT IV MATERIALS FOR RAPID PROTOTYPING SYSTEMS (9 Hrs)
Nature of material – type of material – polymers, metals, ceramics and composites liquid based materials,
photo polymer development – solid based materials, powder based materials - case study.
UNIT V REVERSE ENGINEERING AND NEW TECHNOLOGIES (9 Hrs)
Introduction, measuring device- contact type and non-contact type, CAD model creation from point clouds-
preprocessing, point clouds to surface model creation, medical data processing - types of medical imaging,
software for making medical models, medical materials, other applications - Case study.
Text Books
1. Rafiq I. Noorani, Rapid Prototyping – Principles and Applications, Wiley & Sons, 2006.
2. 2. Chua C.K, Leong K.F and Lim C.S, Rapid Prototyping: Principles and Applications, second edition,
World Scientific, 2003.
3. Amitav Ghosh Introduction to Rapid Prototyping, North West Publication, New Delhi, 2008.
116
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
Reference Books
1. Hopkinson N, R.J.M, Hauge, P M, Dickens, “Rapid Manufacturing – An Industrial revolution for the digital
age”, Wiley, 2006
2. Ian gibson, “Advanced Manufacturing Technology for Medical applications: Reverse Engineering,
Software conversion and Rapid Prototying”, Wiley, 2006
3. Paul F.Jacobs, Rapid Prototyping and Manufacturing, “Fundamentals of Stereolithography”, McGraw Hill
1993.
4. Pham D.T and Dimov, “Rapid Manufacturing”, Springer Verlog 2001.
5. Liou W.Liou, Frank W.Liou ,”Rapid Prototyping and Engineering applications : A tool box for prototype
development”, CRC Press, 2007.
Web References
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/104/112104265/
2. https://www.digimat.in/nptel/courses/video/112104265/L01.html
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/107/112107078/
4. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oDdOqLblmVQ
5. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OhNnKTaciVI
COs Mapping with POs and PSOs
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
3
3
3
3
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
1
1
1
2
3
3
3
3
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
1
1
1
3
3
3
3
3
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
1
1
1
4
3
3
3
3
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
1
1
1
5
3
3
3
3
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
1
1
1
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
117
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20MEO403
INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING FOR TEXTILE
L
T
P
C
Hrs
3
0
0
3
45
Course Objectives
• To understand terms related to production, productivity and roles and responsibilities of industrial
engineer
• To utilize the various Industrial Engineering techniques in apparel manufacturing process.
• To understand the Material movement in the apparel manufacturing process.
• To apply IE technique in apparel industry
• To use modern tools of IE
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1. Implement the industrial Engineering concepts and determine the factors affecting productivity.(K3)
CO2. Assess the productivity in the apparel industry and plan productivity management strategies. (K3)
CO3. Determine the material management functions and execute planning techniques in calculating the
material requirements. (K4)
CO4. Apply IE technique in apparel industry. (K4)
CO5. Use modern tools of IE.(K4)
UNIT –I (9 Hrs)
Industrial Engineering - Definition, scope, techniques, roles and functions of industrial engineer in apparel
industry. Productivity - Definition, measurement methods, causes for low productivity in apparel industry,
suggestions for productivity improvement: Industrial engineering and lean manufacturing techniques. Work
study- Definition, techniques, procedure. Basic work content and added work content, reduction of work
content and ineffective time. Work study and productivity.
UNIT -II (9 Hrs)
Concept of Productivity - Productivity Definition-Importance-Productivity-Managements Role and
Responsibility-The Key Elements Of Productivity-Productivity Measurement-Productivity Analysis-Productivity
Improvement; Total Productivity Management - Introduction- Adoption of Total Productivity Management And
Techniques For Total Productivity Expansion- Procedures For Adopting And Advancing The Use of Total
Productivity Management. Benefits of increased productivity.
UNIT -III (9 Hrs)
Work Study and Work Sampling - Introduction, importance, advantages and procedure
Method study -Introduction, definition, objective, scope and steps involvement in method study, selection of
job, recording techniques flow - chart, micro-motion study , critical examination, operational analysis,
therblings, Simo chart, Travel chart and String diagram,.
Work Measurement- Introduction, definition, objective, techniques of work measurement, time study
equipment, performance rating and allowances. Synthetic data – MTM, PMTS and GSD in apparel industry.
UNIT -IV (9 Hrs)
Application of IE technique in apparel industry - Operational breakdown of different product- Shirt, T-shirt
and trouser, capacity study , line balancing, multiskilling, thread consumption, learning curve, takt time,
operator and line efficiency , WIP control and there importance, Value analysis and Engineering, value added
activities. Job evaluation and merit rating.
UNIT -V (9 Hrs)
Modern tools for IE - Lean manufacturing and tools- Introduction, History, scope and importance. 5S, kaizen,
VSM, ECRSA, Poka-yoke, Gemba, Andon, Kanban, PDCA, JIT, TPM, OEE, Bottleneck analysis, Six sigma.
VAS software.
Text Books:
1. V.Ramesh babu, Industrial Engineering in Apparel Production,Woodhead publishing india,ISBN
9780857091079,November 2011
2. Kjell B. Zandin and Harold B. Maynard, Maynard's Industrial Engineering Handbook, McGraw-Hill
Professional, 2001.
118
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
3. Jacob Solinger, Apparel Manufacturing Handbook, Bobbin Blenheim Media Corporation, Nashville,
USA, 1988.
4. W. G. Ireson and E. L. Grant, Handbook of Industrial Engineering and Management, Prentice Hall of
Robi, New Delhi, 1988.
5. Johnson Maurice, Introduction to Work Study, International Labour Organization, Geneva, 1995.
6. O. P. Khanna, Industrial Engineering & Management, Dhanpat Rai & Sons, Delhi, 1987.
7. George Kanawaty, ILO, ―Introduction to Work study‖, Universal Publishing Corporation, Mumbai,
2005.
8. Kiell B.Zandin, Maynard‘s ―Industrial Engineering Hand Book‖, Mc Graw Hill, Inc. New York, 2001.
Reference Books:
1. Chuter A J ―Introduction to Clothing Production Management‖, Blackwell Publishing, Oxford, UK,
2007.
2. Colovic.G. ―Management of technology systems in garment industry‖ Woodhead publishing India
Pvt Ltd, New Delhi, 2010.
3. Rajesh Bheda, ―Managing Productivity of Apparel industry‖ CBI publishers and Distributors, New
Delhi 2002.
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
2
3
2
-
1
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
2
2
2
3
2
-
1
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
2
3
2
3
2
-
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
2
4
2
3
2
-
1
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
2
5
2
-
-
-
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
2
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High
119
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20CEO401
ENERGY AND ENVIRONMENT
(Common to ECE, ECE, MECH, BME, IT, FT, Mechatronics)
L
T
P
C
Hours
3
0
0
3
45
Course Objectives
• Explain the importance of energy, classifications of energy sources and energy demand scenario
• Analyze the impacts of energy on environment & sustainability energy options
• Outline the harness of hydropower and geothermal energy sources
• Discuss the aspects of solar and wind energy
• To study the importance of biomass energy and its applications
Course Outcomes
At the end of Course students will be able to.
CO1 - Apply the knowledge of science & engineering to the contemporary issues of Energy for better
humankind & environment (K3)
CO2 - Identify, review & analyze the complex problems of Energy crises in environment (K4)
CO3 - Designing solutions for the energy crises in the form of renewable energy systems to meet the needs by
understanding the limitations (K4)
CO4 - Understanding the impact of energy on environment and providing solutions for sustainable
development. (K5)
CO5 – Apply biomass energy under relevant technologies (K3)
UNIT I ENERGY (9 Hrs)
Introduction, Importance of energy, role of energy consumption in economic and social transformation, Energy
needs and crisis. Energy production and utilization. Types and classification of energy sources, Conventional &
unconventional energy, Renewable sources & Nonrenewable sources of energy advantages, limitations,
comparisons
UNIT II ENVIRONMENT (9 Hrs)
Impact of energy on economy &environment. Regional impacts of temperature change - Global warming,
Greenhouse effect, Acid rain, Ozone layer depletion. Indian environment degradation, Environmental laws -
Water Act-1974 (Prevention & control of pollution), The environment protection act 1986, Air act.
UNIT III HYDROPOWER & GEOTHERMAL ENERGY (9 Hrs)
Hydropower Energy – Introduction, Site selection, layout of hydro power plant, components & working,
classifications, power station, structure and control. Geothermal Energy - Introduction, Site selection, layout of
power plant, components & working, Advantages and disadvantages.
UNIT IV SOLAR & WIND ENERGY (9 Hrs)
Sun as source of energy - Introduction, Site selection, layout of power plant components & working,
classifications, Types of collectors, collection systems efficiency, Solar cells. Wind Energy - Introduction,
advantages/limitations, Site selection, layout of power plant, components &working, classification.
UNIT V BIOMASS ENERGY (9 Hrs)
Introduction, advantages/limitations, Photosynthesis, biomass fuel, biomass gasification, biogas from waste
biomass, factors affecting biogas generation, types of biogas plant, Biomass programme in India,
Text Books
1. Trivedi R.R. and Jalka K.R, “Energy Management”, Commonwealth Publication, 20177.
2. Diamant R.M.E., “Total Energy”, Pergamon, OxfordPublishers, 2017.
3. N.G. AJJANNA “ Energy auditing & demand side management” first edition, Gouthami Publications,
Shimoga
4. Chakrabarti, M.L.Soni, P.V. Gupta,U.S. Bhatnagar “ Power system Engineering” 2001, DhanpatRai&Co,
New Delhi.
5. D.P.Kothari, K.C Singal, Rajesh Ranjan, “Renewable Energy sources and Emerging Technologies” second
edition , PHI , India
120
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
Reference Books
1. Boyle G, Everett B and Ramett J, “Energy systems and sustainability”, Oxford University Press, 2018
2. "Pollution Control Acts, Rules and Notifications", CPCB, Pollution Control series, PC/2/2014, Vol.I,2014
3. Peavy.H, Rowe.D, and Tchobanoglous, G., Environmental Engineering, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2013
4. S.Rao, Dr. BB Parulekar “Energy Technologies” Khanna Publications , New Delhi
5. David M Buchla, Thomas E Kissel, Thomas L Floyd “Renewable Energy systems” Pearson, India
6. Godfrey Boyle “Renewable Energy power for sustainable future” oxford Publications , New Delhi
Web References
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20_ce23/announcements
2. https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc20_ce23/preview
3. www.iucn.org
4. www.cites.org
5. www.thesummitbali.com/
6. http://engineering geology.gov.in/
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
CO1
1
1
2
1
2
2
1
-
-
-
-
3
-
-
-
CO2
1
1
1
-
-
2
1
-
-
-
-
3
-
-
-
CO3
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
-
1
1
2
3
-
-
-
CO4
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
-
1
1
2
3
-
-
-
CO5
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
-
1
1
2
3
-
-
-
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High
121
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTT515
GARMENT CONSTRUCTION - II
L
T
P
C
Hrs
3
0
0
3
45
Course Objectives
• To describe importance of fabric grain,
• To describe importance of Fit and pattern alteration
• To explain advanced draping, drafting and labelling of garments.
• To explain quality aspects of garment.
• To explain advanced tools of garment construction.
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 - Explain describe importance of fabric grain. (K2)
CO2 - Explain describe importance of Fit and pattern alteration. (K3)
CO3 - Explain advanced draping, drafting and labelling of garments. (K2)
CO4 - Explain quality aspects of garment. (K3)
CO5 - Explain advanced tools of garment construction. (K4)
UNIT I FABRIC GRAIN (9 Hrs)
Importance of grain in fabric cutting & garment construction, various methods of straightening the grain &
fabric ends for woven and knit fabrics. Material handling processes for various fabrics.
UNIT II FITTING AND PATTERN ALTERATION (9 Hrs)
Principles of good fit, Sequence of fitting Alterations to achieve a good fit, Fitting problems associated with
various garments and solutions. General principles & importance of shortening, lengthening of blouse,
increasing & decreasing of shoulder slope, increasing the depth and opening of necklines, altering sleeve cap,
alternation of patterns for defective/ unusual figures.
UNIT III GARMENT CONSTRUCTION AND LABELLING (9 Hrs)
Drafting- vest coat, jacket and jeans. Draping-Sleeve, flared and gored skirt, pants, collars, and dresses.
Specialty Garment Construction: Construction procedure for: Firefighting suit, Floater’s jacket, Space Suit
etc. machinery and equipment required for the same.
Labelling of garments: Introduction, importance, types of labels, American- ISO and other care labelling
symbols and system.
UNIT IV QUALITY (9 Hrs)
Definitions, Objective and subjective aspects of quality, 3D and Eight dimensions of Quality, QA and QC,
Evolution of quality concepts: SQC, TQC, TQM, ISO 9000, Types of inspection, Statistical Sampling, AQL, 4
point and 10 point inspection, fabric defects and garment defects, factory evaluation, quality assurance in
various departments, Quality improvement methodologies, Use of QC tools, Cost of quality conformance and
non-conformance. Fabric and garment testing, role of different stake holders in quality of apparels, Quality
Improvement case study.
UNIT V ADVANCE TOOLS FOR GARMENT CONSTRUCTION (9 Hrs)
Introduction, latest software programmes, attachments, features of modern garment construction machines.
Case studies.
Text Books
1. Jacob Solinger, “Apparel Production Handbook”, Reinhold Publications,1998
2. Carr H and Latham B., “The Technology of Clothing Manufacturing”, Blackwell Science, U.K.,1994
3. Gerry Cooklin, “Garment Technology ForFashionDesigners”, Black well Science, 2000
Reference Books
1. Ruth E. Glock, Grace I. Kunz, “Apparel Manufacturing, Sewn Product Analysis”, fourth edition,
Pearson Education, ISBN: 8177580760159
2. Laing R.M., Webster J, “Stitches & Seams”, The Textile Institute, India,1998
3. Shaeffer Claire, “Sewing for the Apparel Industry”, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 2001
4. Singer, “Sewing Lingerie”, Cy De Cosse Incorporated, 1991.
122
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
5. Patty Brown & Janett Rice, “Ready-To-Wear Apparel Analysis’”, Third Edition, Prientice Hall Inc., New
Jersey,ISBN:0130254347.
6. Ruth Glock, Grace I. Kunz, “Apparel Manufacturing”, Dorling Kindersley Publishing Inc., New Jersey,
1995, ISDN: 0-02-344142-9
7. Pradip V.Mehta, “An Introduction to Quality Control for the Apparel Industry”, J.S.N. Internationals,
1992
Web References
1. https://www.thecuttingclass.com/grainlines/
2. https://www.thesprucecrafts.com/sewing-pattern-alteration-and-fitting-articles-2977364
3. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/2111/garment-labels-types-and-styles
4. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/3055/quality-systems-for-garment-
5. https://sergerpepper.com/2014/01/sewing-tools-notions.html
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
1
2
3
-
2
-
-
-
2
1
-
-
1
2
2
2
2
1
3
-
2
-
-
-
2
1
-
-
1
2
2
3
1
2
3
-
2
-
-
-
2
1
-
-
1
2
2
4
1
2
3
-
2
-
-
-
2
1
-
-
1
2
2
5
2
2
3
-
2
-
-
-
2
1
-
-
1
2
2
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High
123
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTT516
TEXTILE TESTING AND APPAREL QUALITY
EVALUATION
L
T
P
C
Hrs
3
0
0
3
45
Course Objectives
• Students will have fundamental knowledge Sampling and quality standards.
• Students will know the methodology of working of fiber &yarn testing instruments.
• Students will have fundamental knowledge Fabric Testing - Mechanical Properties
• Students will have fundamental knowledge on Fabric Testing – Aesthetics and comfort properties
• Students will know the methodology of quality assurance in the apparel industry.
Course Outcomes (COs)
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 - Acquire knowledge in sampling techniques and quality standards (K2)
CO2 - Apply knowledge in principles of working of fiber &yarn testing instruments. (K2)
CO3 - Acquire knowledge in Fabric Testing - Mechanical Properties. (K3)
CO4 - Acquire knowledge in Fabric Testing - Aesthetics and comfort properties. (K3)
CO5 - Acquire knowledge of quality assurance in the apparel industry. (K2)
UNIT I SAMPLING AND QUALITY STANDARDS (9 Hrs)
Definition – random, biased sampling. Terms used in sampling. Sampling techniques for fiber, yarn and fabric.
Moisture regain and Moisture content. Standard conditions for testing samples. Quality Standards: AATCC,
ASTM, BIS, ISO, CSE. ISO 9001, ISO 14001, OHSAS 18000:2000, GOTS, CPS (Children Protection
Standards), Social Compliance.
UNIT II FIBER AND YARN TESTING (9 Hrs)
Fiber: High Volume Instruments (HVI): length, strength, maturity, trash& color module analysis. Advanced
Fiber Information System (AFIS): length, nep and trash modules. Determination of yarn count, yarn twist-
single and folded yarns. Measurement of yarn hairiness - optical, singeing and hairiness tester- Causes for
yarn hairiness. Classification of variation. Methods of measuring evenness –Blackboard, ASTM standards,
Cutting and weighing methods. Electronic capacitance – evenness tester – Uster standards. Yarn faults –
classification – Classimat. Measurement of yarn strength – Single yarn strength tester –Tensorapid, Tensojet -
lea strength tester. CSP& its significance.
UNIT III FABRIC TESTING - MECHANICAL PROPERTIES (9 Hrs)
Fabric tensile strength tester– Raveled strip, Cut strip, Grab methods. Fabric tear strength tester – Elmendorf
strength tester. Ballistic strength tester – Hydraulic bursting strength tester. Fabric abrasion resistance –
Martindale abrasion tester. Fabric Pilling - I.C.I Pillbox tester. Crimp – Influence of crimp on fabric properties–
Shirley crimp tester. Fabric thickness and GSM measurements.
UNIT IV FABRIC TESTING – AESTHETICS AND COMFORT PROPERTIES (9 Hrs) Fabric
Drape – Drape meter. Fabric Stiffness – Shirley Stiffness tester, Fabric crease resistance and crease recovery
measurements. Fabric Permeability- Fabric air permeability tester and water permeability tester. Fabric
thermal resistance tester.
UNIT V TESTING OF APPAREL PRODUCTION AND ACCESSORY (9 Hrs)
Standard Operating Procedure (SOP), Care labeling of apparel: Standards and methods. Safety issues for
different accessories in children garment, prescribing inspection procedures for process and finished garment.
Tolerance limits and quality standards for cutting, sewing and finished garments.
Seam strength and seam slippage testing. Peel bond strength, Button strength, Zipper strength testing. Color
fastness testing – Washing, Rubbing, Light, Perspiration fastness. Apparel dimensional stability – spirality,
skewing and its measurement.
Text Books:
1. Booth J.E., “Principle of Textile Testing”, Butterworth Publications, London, 1989
2. Kothari V. K., “Testing and Quality Management”, Progress in Textile Technology Vol.1, IAFL
Publications, New Delhi, 1999
124
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
3. Sara J. Kadolph., “Quality Assurance for Textiles and Apparels”, Fair Child Publications, New York,
1998
Reference Books
1. Saville,B.P. “Physical Testing of Textiles”, Woodhead Publishing Ltd., England,2004.
2. Grover E G and Hamby D. S “Hand Book of Textile testing and quality Control”, Wiley Eastern Pvt.
Ltd., New Delhi, 1969.
3. Ruth clock and Grace Kunz., “Apparel Manufacture – Sewn Product Analysis”, Upper Sadle River
Publications, New York, 2000
4. Pradip V. Mehta., “Managing Quality in the Apparel Industry”, NIFT Publication, India, 1998
5. Slater K., “Physical Testing and Quality Control”, The Textile Institute, Vol.23, No.1/2/3 Manchester,
1993
6. Arindam Basu, "Textile Testing-Fiber, Yarn & Fabric", SITRA, India, 2001.
Web References
1. https://textilevaluechain.in/textile-articles/textile-testing-and-quality-control/
2. https://www.qima.com/testing/garments-apparel
3. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/4345/quality-control-in-apparel
4. https://www.hqts.com/textile-and-apparel/
5. https://www.intouch-quality.com/blog/5-packaging-quality-control-checks-no-importer-can-afford-to-
skip
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
2
-
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
3
-
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
4
2
2
3
-
-
-
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
5
2
-
2
-
-
-
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High
125
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTT517
FASHION FORECASTING AND ACCESSORIES
L
T
P
C
Hrs
3
0
0
3
45
Course Objectives
• To enable students to understand about surveys, scans
• To impart the knowledge about colour forecasting.
• Discuss various forecasting methods used by reputed forecasting companies to develop current trend
for the local market.
• Describe forecasted colors, fabrics and trends according to seasons and market.
• Describe forecasted components and fashion accessories
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 - Recognize various fabric materials available in market and choose appropriate fabric as per
application. (K2)
CO2 - Produce articles using various fabric ornamentation techniques. (K3)
CO3 - Apply various forecasting methods used by reputed forecasting companies to develop current
trend for the local market. (K2)
CO4 - Evaluate the forecasted colors, fabrics and trends according to seasons and market type as a
member of team and present the same. (K3)
CO5 - To explain procedure for Fashion trends and merchandising of accessories. (K2)
UNIT I FASHION FORECASTING (9 Hrs)
Meaning of fashion forecasting, role and responsibilities of forecaster, steps in developing a forecast, fashion
timetable and seasons, short term and long-term forecasting, avoiding forecasting traps. Innovation
characteristics, consumer adoption process and theories, fashion change agents, innovators and fashion
leaders, consumer segmentation.
UNIT II COLOUR FORECASTING (9 Hrs)
Importance, colours in marketing, consumers and psychology of colour, language of colour, seasonal colour
analysis, fashion colour names, colour cycles, Color Relationships across Product Categories, sources of
colour ideas, NCD technique of colour trend analysis and synthesis.
UNIT III TEXTILE & STYLE FORECASTING (9 Hrs)
Fashion in fibres and fabrics, sources of innovation in textile development, timing of innovation, innovation in
fibres, yarns fabrics, dyes, finishes and trims, fabric fairs and trade shows, fabric libraries. Silhouette trends.
Style forecasting: trend multiplication, different designers with same concept.
Fashion map: geography & off the runway, street fashion. Trend Identification, analysis and synthesis. New
uses of products
UNIT IV SALES AND PRESENTING FORECASTING (9 Hrs)
Sales forecasting: Importance, time series technique, correlation regression techniques, qualitative
techniques, blending quantitative and qualitative techniques. Sales forecasting in context of product life cycle.
Presenting Forecasts: Objectives, presenting design as a creative process, trend reporting: trend map, trend
boards, presentation techniques, publication and forecasting services.
UNIT V FASHION ACCESSORIES FORECASTING (9 Hrs)
Fashion accessories – footwear, handbags, gloves, hats, scarves, hosiery, jewelry, watches; testing of
zippers, elastic waist band testing, fusible interlinings; safety issues for different accessories in children
garment. Fashion trends and merchandising of accessories, Economic importance, Accessory Designers, Major Brand
players.
Text Books:
1. Gwyneth Holland, Rae Jones, Fashion Trend Forecasting, Laurence King Publishing, 2017
2. Evelyn L. Brannon & Lorynn R. Divita, Fashion forecasting, Fairchild books, 2015.
3. Simon Seivewright, ―Basics Fashion Design: Research and Design‖, AVA Publishings SA, UK,
2007.
4. Diehold Frank, ―Elements of forecasting‖, , South-Western College Publishing, USA, 2007.
5. Elinor Renfrew and Colin Renfrew, ―Basics Fashion Design: Developing a Collection‖, AVA
Publishings SA, UK, 2009.
6. Marks and Andrea, ―Writing for Visual Thinkers: A Guide for Artists and Designers, Peachpit Press,
Berkeley 2009.
126
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
Reference Books
1. Kate Scully and Debra Johnson Cobh, ―Colour forecasting for fashion‖, Laurence King Publishing,
2010.
2. Tracy Diane & Tom Cassidy, ―Colour Forecasting‖, Blackwell Publishing, 2005.
3. Evelyn L. Brannon, ―Fashion Forecasting‖, Fairchild Books, 2011.
4. Diane.T and Cassidy. T, ―Colour forecasting, Blackwell Publishing, 2005
5. Jay Diamond and Ellen Diamond, “Fashion, Apparel, Accessories, Home
Furnishings”PearsonPrenticeHall,NewJersey,2007.
Web References
1. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/83/fashion-forecasting
2. https://colormarketing.org/2018/06/06/what-is-color-forecasting/
3. https://demand-planning.com/2019/10/02/how-to-present-forecasts-properly/
4. https://www.slideshare.net/aslikarabulut/sales-forecasting
5. https://trendzoom.com/
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
3
2
-
-
1
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
-
2
3
3
-
-
2
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
3
-
-
3
2
3
-
-
2
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
-
4
3
3
-
-
2
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
-
5
2
2
-
-
2
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
4
-
-
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High
127
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTT518
APPAREL MERCHENDISING AND COST
MANAGEMENT
L
T
P
C
Hrs
3
0
0
3
45
Course Objectives
• To describe importance of basic principles of merchandising,
• To describe importance in sourcing and documentation
• To explain cost of apparel products.
• To explain CMT cost for different types of garments.
• To explain pricing techniques, budgeting and cost volume profit analysis.
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 Acquire knowledge in basic principles of merchandising (K2)
CO2 Acquire knowledge in sourcing and documentation (K2)
CO3 Describe the factors that determine the cost of apparel products (K2)
CO4 Calculate the CMT cost for different types of garments (K4)
CO5 Acquire knowledge on various pricing techniques, budgeting and cost volume profit analysis (k3)
UNIT I MERCHANDISING (9 Hrs)
Definition of merchandising. Classification of exporters- Manufacturer exporter, Merchant exporter, Job worker
(CM/CMT), Functions of merchandising division - Role and responsibilities of a merchandiser-different types
of buyers. Communications with the buyers -awareness of current market trends– product development- line
planning and line presentation.
UNIT II SOURCING AND DOCUMENTATION (9 Hrs)
Need for sourcing-sourcing materials-manufacturing resources planning-principles of MRP. Sourcing
strategies- Overseas sourcing. Supply chain and demand chain analysis- Materials management for quick
response. Order confirmation, various types of export documents, Pre-shipment, Post -shipment
documentation, Terms of sale, payment, shipment etc.
UNIT III COST ACCOUNTING (6 Hrs)
Objectives, uses of cost accounting. Elements of cost. Direct material, Directlabour, Factory overheads. Cost-
Fixed, variable, semi variable. Estimating and costing-
UNIT IV RAW MATERIAL AND CMT COST (9 Hrs)
Factors that determine cost of garments- material cost- cost of yarn, cost of fabric production, cost of
processing. Width and design of fabric affecting cost. Accessories and their costing. Packing and labeling cost
Cost of components –cutting cost – making and trim cost (CMT cost) – CMT cost for different types of
garments. Shipment cost.
UNIT V GARMENT PRICING AND CVP ANALYSIS (12 Hrs)
Determining pricing of apparel products: sample costing-marginal cost, cost plus pricing methods; Full cost
pricing, conversion cost pricing, differential cost pricing , absorption and variable cost pricing ,direct cost
pricing. Cost calculation of apparel products- woven/knits. Ratio analysis, price / volume analysis. Break even
analysis. Capital budgeting- payback period, rate of return, net present value – limitations.
Text Books:
1. Grace Kunz, ―Merchandising theory, principles and practice‖, Fair Child Books, New York, 2005.
2. Jeremy A. Rosenau, Dvid L. Wilson, ―Apparel Merchandising – The line starts here‖, Fairchild
publications, New York, 2007
3. Grace I. Kunz , Ruth E. Glock, ―Apparel Manufacturing: Sewn Product Analysis‖, 4th Edition. Prentice
Hall, 2004.
4. Evelyn C Moore, ―Math for Merchandising‖, Wiley Eastern Inc., India, 1999.
Reference Books:
1. Philip Kotler, Kelvin Lane Keller, Abraham Koshy and Mithileshwar Jha, “Marketing Management a South
Asian Perspective”, Pearson Education India, 2006.
2. John Donnellan “Merchandise Buying and Management”, Farichild Publications, inc., NewYork, 2002.
3. M.Y.KhanandP.K.Jain“CostAccounting”,HillpublishingLtd.,New Delhi, 2007.
128
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
4. Ruth E.Glock and GraceI. Kunz,“Apparel Manufacturing Sewn Product Analysis”, Dorling Kindersley
(India) Pvt.Ltd.,2005.
5. Chakraborty S K, “Cost Accounting and Financial Management”, New age International, 2004.
6. Ruth E Glockand GraceI Kunz,“Apparel Manufacturing ,Prentice Hall, New Jersey, Fourth Edition,2005.
Web References
1. https://textileapex.blogspot.com/2020/07/apparel-merchandising-definition-process.html
2. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/5056/role-of-sourcing-decisions-in-an-apparel-firm
3. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/7159/garment-costing-techniques
4. https://www.textileschool.com/181/garment-costing/
5. https://www.delogue.com/blog/garment-costing-and-pricing/
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
3
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3
3
-
-
-
-
2
-
3
-
3
-
-
3
-
-
-
3
-
-
-
-
3
3
3
-
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
3
3
-
-
-
4
-
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3
3
-
-
5
-
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
3
-
3
3
3
-
-
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High
129
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTE506
TECHNICAL TEXTILES
L
T
P
C
Hrs
3
0
0
3
45
Course Objectives
• To explain market size, scope and difference between normal and technical textiles
• To teach the manufacturing processes and important of geo textile and filtration textile.
• To describe the automotive textiles and examples
• To discuss the various applications of protective textiles.
• To explain the medical textiles
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 - Describe technical textiles and its importance. (K2)
CO2 -To analyze and identify required parameters of geo textile and filtration textile. (K3)
CO3 - Acquire knowledge on the automotive textiles and examples. (K2)
CO4 - To be able to explain the principle of different technical applications. (K2)
CO5 - To be able to explain various medical textiles. (K5)
UNIT I TECHNICAL TEXTILES (9Hrs)
Introduction - Definition and scope of Technical Textiles – Development stages in Technical Textiles – present
market and future trends in Technical Textiles – Differentiate with traditional textiles-Raw materials used-
sectors of technical textiles
UNIT II GEO TEXTILE AND FILTRATION TEXTILES: (9Hrs)
Geotextiles – scope, definition, types, advantages and disadvantages of woven and nonwoven geotextiles,
Raw material, Manufacturing-Testing-Applications.
Filtration Application – Introduction –Fabric construction & Finishing Treatments, Solid-liquid separation, liquid
– liquid filtration, liquid-gas separation, Mechanism of filtration.
UNIT III AUTOMATIVE TEXTILES: (9Hrs)
Textiles in Transportation – Introduction, Textiles in passenger cars – Textiles in other road vehicles – Rail
applications – Textiles.
Textiles in Defence – Introduction, Historical Background – Criteria for modern military textiles materials –
various application of Textiles in various areas of defence such as environmental protection, thermal
insulation, water proof water vapour permeable materials – ballistic protection – heat protection – biological
and chemical warfare protection, High altitude fabrics, etc.
UNIT IV PROTECTIVE TEXTILE (9Hrs)
Heat and Flame Protection - Flammability, thermal characteristics and combustion mechanisms of fibres,
prevention of combustion – Flame retardant fibres suitable for protective clothing –Factors affecting-Testing of
Flame retardant and Flame proof fabrics.
UNIT V MEDICALTEXTILES (9Hrs)
Medical Textiles – Introduction – special fibres- Non implantable materials, Extra corporeal devices –
Implantable materials - Health care / hygiene products.
Text Books:
1. Sabit Adanur, ―Wellington Sears Handbook of Industrial Textiles‖, Technomic Publishing Co, USA,
1995.
2. Alagirusamy and A. Das, Technical Textile Yarns, CRC press, 2010.
3. Horrocks A R and Anand S C, ―Handbook of Technical Textiles‖, The Textile Institute, CRC Press,
Woodhead publishing Ltd, Cambridge, UK, 2001.
Reference Books
1. Textiles in sport by R Shishoo, 5th edition Shishoo Woodhead Publication. ISBN: 978-1855739222
2. Intelligent Textiles and Clothing by H. Mattila Woodhead Publishing Ltd ISBN-13: 978-1845690052
3. Textiles for Industrial Applications By R. Senthil Kumar, CRC publication. ISBN-13: 978-1466566491
4. Medical and Hygiene Textile Production: A Handbook by Allison Mathews andMartin Hardingham,
Practical Action publication, ISBN: 978-1853392115
5. Techno Textiles 2: Revolutionary Fabrics for Fashion and Design by Sarah E. Braddock C. ISBN :
978-0500286845
6. Geotextiles by N. W. M. John, Blackie publication, ISBN : 9780412013515
Web References
1. https://www.technical-textiles.net/
2. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Geotextile
130
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
3. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/499/geotextile-applications
4. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/1807/application-of-textiles-in-automobile
5. https://www.jasonmills.com/blog/medical-textiles/
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
3
2
3
1
-
-
1
-
2
-
-
3
2
-
-
2
3
2
3
1
-
-
2
-
1
2
-
3
2
-
-
3
3
2
3
1
-
-
1
-
2
-
-
3
2
-
-
4
3
2
3
1
-
-
2
-
2
-
-
3
2
-
-
5
3
2
3
1
-
-
2
-
2
1
-
3
2
3
-
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
131
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTE507
ERP AND MIS IN APPAREL INDUSTRY
L
T
P
C
Hrs
3
0
0
3
45
Course Objectives
• Students will know the principles and features of ERP/MIS packages.
• Students will know the applications of ERP/MIS packages.
• To enable the student in impart knowledge on management information system, its function and
characteristics
• Students will know the on internet and electronic commerce and their day-to-day importance.
• To impart knowledge on enterprise resource planning and implementation in apparel.
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1: Acquire knowledge on basics of ERP and MIS. (K2)
CO2: Acquire knowledge on the application and modules of ERP in apparel Industry. (K3)
CO3: Acquire Application strategy of Information Systems in apparel industry. (K4)
CO4: Develop knowledge on internet and electronic commerce and their day-to-day importance. (K4)
CO5: Describing and developing knowledge on transforming Information systems to the business
Operations. (K3)
UNIT I INTRODUCTION (9 Hrs)
An overview and features of ERP, MIS integration, ERP drivers, Trends in ERP, ERP in India. ERP system
perspective – Management Information System, Operations Support System, Transaction Processing System,
Network Structure of ERP system, ERP workflow, Process modelling for ERP systems, Communication in
ERP systems, OLTP, (On Line Transaction Processing), OLAP (On Line Analytical Processing), Enterprise
Integration application tools for ERP.
UNIT II RESOURCE MANAGEMENT PERSPECTIVE (9 Hrs)
Business modules in ERP packages, Finance, Production, Human Resource, Plant Maintenance, Materials
Management, Quality Management, Sales and Distribution, Resource Management, Business Process
Reengineering, Relationship between ERP and BPR, ERP Implementation Lifecycle, Implementation
methodology, ERP Project Management and Monitoring.
ERP and E-Commerce, ERP Culture, ERP and CRM, ERP and SCM, ERP selection issues, ERP in Public
Sector Enterprises, Pre- and Post-implementation issues, ERP Vendors, Key ERP consultants in India, Future
directions in ERP
UNIT III BASICSOFINFORMATIONSYSTEM (9 Hrs)
Introduction to Information system in business, Need for Information Technology, System concept,
Components of an information system, Information system resources, Information system activities,
recognizing information system. Expanding role of information systems, Operating support system,
Management support systems.
UNIT IV INTERNET AND ELECTRONIC COMMERCE (9 Hrs)
Introduction, Business use of internet, Interactive marketing, Business value of the internet, Customer value
and the internet. Fundamentals of Electronic Commerce (EC), EC applications, Business-to- Consumer
commerce, Business to Business commerce, Electronic payments and security.
UNIT V INFORMATION SYSTEMS FOR BUSINESS OPERATION: (9 Hrs)
Applications of intranets, intranet technology resources, the business value of intranets, the role of Extranets,
enterprise collaboration systems. Information systems for marketing, manufacturing, human resources,
accounting, financial, transaction processing, managerial and decision support, Information systems for
strategic advantages, Strategic application and issues in IT, ethical and societal challenges of information
technology.
Text Books:
1. R. Surjit, R. Rathinamoorthy, K. J. Vishnu Vardhini, ERP for Textiles and Apparel Industry (Woodhead
Publishing India in Textiles), WPI Publishing; 1 edition, 2016
2. A. K Gupta, Management Information System, IBH Publishing, 2012
3. V.K.Garg,VenkatandN.K.Krishna, “ERP Concepts and Practices”, 1st edition, PHI Publications,1997.
4. James A.O’Brien, “Introduction to Information Systems”, Tata McGrawHill, New Delhi, 2005.
5. AlexisLeon,“ERPDemystified”,1stedition,Tata McGrawHill, New Delhi, 2000.
132
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
6. S.Sadagopan, “ERP: A Managerial Perspective”,1stedition,TataMcGraw Hill,NewDelhi,1999.
7. Langenalter,A.Gary,“Enterprise Resources Planning and Beyond”,1stedition, St.LuciePress, USA,
2000.
8. Diwan,Parag and Sharma, Sunil, “Enterprise Resource Planning: A Manager’s
Guide”,1stedition,1999.
9. E.Turban, E.McLeanandJ.Wetherbe, “Information Technology for Management: Making Connections
for Strategic Advantage”, John Wiley and Sons, New Jersey, 2001.
10. W.S.Jawadekar, “Management Information Systems”,TataMcGrawHill, New Delhi,2004.
Reference Books
1. Tsan-Ming Jason Choi Professor , Information Systems for the Fashion and Apparel Industry
(Woodhead Publishing Series in Textiles), Woodhead Publishing, 2016
2. Girdhar Joshi, Management Information Systems 1st Edition, Oxford University Press, 2013
3. Paul Bocij, Andrew Greasley, Simon Hickie, Business Information Systems, Technology,
Development and Management for the E-Business, Pearson; 5th edition, 2014
Web References
1. https://www.slideshare.net/nemataggarwal/erp-in-apparel-industry-14174616
2. https://www.slideshare.net/anusaj/mis-management-information-system-in-fashion-textile-industry
3. https://apparelresources.com/technology-news/manufacturing-tech/erp-solutions-for-a-typical-
garment-industry/
4. https://fashionarun.page.tl/ERP-IN-APPAREL-INDUSTRY.htm
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
3
2
-
-
2
-
-
-
1
-
-
-
-
2
2
2
2
1
-
-
2
-
-
-
1
2
-
-
-
2
2
3
3
2
-
-
2
-
-
-
1
2
-
-
-
2
2
4
3
2
-
-
2
-
-
-
1
2
-
-
-
2
2
5
3
2
-
-
2
-
-
-
1
2
-
-
-
2
2
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
133
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTE508
ADVANCES IN GARMENT PRODUCTION
L
T
P
C
Hrs
3
0
0
3
45
Course Objectives
• To describe the new product development and application areas.
• To describe the technological advances in sewing.
• To explain technological advances in digital printing on improved apparel production.
• To explain the latest technological developments in pressing technology.
• To explain benefits of advanced automated fabric inspection system.
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 - Explain the new product development and application areas. (K2)
CO2 - Emphasis on the technological advances in sewing. (K2)
CO3 - Describe the technological advances in digital printing on improved apparel production. (K3)
CO4 - Understanding the latest technological developments in pressing technology. (K3)
CO5 - State the need and benefits of advanced automated fabric inspection system. (K3)
UNIT I APPAREL PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT (9 Hrs)
Introduction, process model for clothing product development, models of new product development, product
development tools and application areas, product lifetime management (PLM), demand-led new product
development, future trends.
UNIT II TECHNOLOGICAL ADVANCES IN SEWING GARMENTS (9 Hrs)
Introduction, development of the industrial sewing machine, advances in sewing needle design, advances in
sewing thread technology, advances in sewing machine automation, semi-automated equipment, machines
using computer numerical control. Future trends in clothing technology: Bonded garments, Seamless
garments. Alternative method of garment production, moulding, robotics and pneumatic system.
UNIT III DIGITAL PRINTING OF GARMENTS (9 Hrs)
Introduction, advances in digital printing technology, design potential and limitations of digital textile printing,
digital textile printing and its role to enhance industry apparel production, applications. Advances in
embroidery technology.
UNIT IV DEVELOPMENTS IN PRESSING TECHNOLOGY (9 Hrs)
Pressing: Introduction, the pressing process, pressing with pressure, pressing without pressure, crease
resistant finishes, permanent creases, recent trends in apparel pressing technology.
UNIT V AUTOMATED FABRIC INSPECTION AND EVALUATION (9 Hrs)
Fabric Inspection: Introduction, the principles of automatic fabric inspection, fabric quality, Kawabata
evaluation system, fabric assurance by simple testing (FAST), automating the results of objective reporting
and analysis in KES-F, development of the main analysis form.
Text Books:
1. C.Fairhurst, “Advances in Apparel Production”, Woodhead Publishing Limited, 2008
Reference Books
1. The Apparel Production Sourcebook, Asian Edition,Fashiondex, Inc., 2010.
2. Apparel Design and Production Handbook, Fashiondex, Inc., 2001
Web References
1. https://sourcemygarment.com/2019/03/21/apparel-design-vs-product-development-whats-the-
difference/
2. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/136/advanced-technologies-for-sewing-seamless-
garments
3. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/7055/digital-textile-printing
4. https://apparelresources.com/technology-news/manufacturing-tech/evolution-of-technology-pressing-
finishing/
5. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/5178/automatic-fabric-inspection
134
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
2
-
3
-
3
2
-
-
2
-
2
1
2
1
2
2
2
-
3
-
3
2
-
-
2
-
2
1
2
1
2
3
2
-
3
-
3
2
-
-
2
-
2
1
2
1
2
4
2
-
3
-
3
2
-
-
2
-
2
1
2
1
2
5
2
-
3
-
3
2
-
-
2
-
2
1
2
1
2
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
135
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTE509
APPAREL WORK STUDY
L
T
P
C
Hrs
3
0
0
3
45
Course Objectives
• To enable students to importance and concept of work study
• To impart the knowledge about various operation analysis in apparel industry
• To impart the knowledge of Motion analysis
• To impart the knowledge of Process improvement in apparel industry
• Analyze the concepts of work measurement
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1: Acquire knowledge on of work study. (K2)
CO2: Acquire knowledge on various operation analysis in apparel industry. (K3)
CO3: Acquire Application strategy of of Motion analysis. (K4)
CO4: Develop knowledge on Process improvement in apparel industry. (K4)
CO5: Describing and developing knowledge on work measurement. (K3)
UNIT I WORK STUDY (9 Hrs)
WORK STUDY: Definition, procedure, techniques, data needed: raw material data, equipment data, job
condition and working condition. PROCESS ANALYSIS: Purpose, procedure, various types of process charts
and diagrams-application areas in apparel manufacture, development of standard operating procedure (SOP).
Case studies.
UNIT II OPERATION ANALYSIS (6 Hrs)
OPERATION ANALYSIS: Objectives, procedure, operation chart, check sheet, exercises from apparel
manufacture. Case studies
UNIT III MOTION ANALYSIS (9 Hrs)
MOTION ANALYSIS: Purpose, principles of motion economy – application areas in apparel manufacture, two
handed process chart- procedure, examples from sewing operations. Micro motion analysis: Therbligs,
equipments, procedure, development of SIMO chart for sewing operations. Evaluation of motion study data.
Case studies.
UNIT IV METHOD IMPROVEMENT (9 Hrs)
METHODS IMPROVEMENT: Principles for improving operation method – cutting, sewing, pressing and
packing. scientific method of training, learning curve.
UNIT V WORK MEASURMENT (12 Hrs)
WORK MEASUREMENT: Definition, techniques – time study: procedure, calculation of standard allowed
minute (SAM) in apparel manufacture – Cutting, sewing, pressing and packing operations. Predetermined
time standard (PMTS) - Time Measurement Unit (TMU) values, Method Time Measurement (MTM) tables,
setting the standard time, advantages. Work sampling – Concept, procedure, determination of sample size,
nomo gram, setting standard time. Standard data- General sewing data (GSD)- Concept, motion sequence,
MTM core data, methods engineering and standard allowed minute (SAM) establishment for sewing
operations, advantages. Applications – Capacity study, operation bulletin (OB), Incentive calculations.
Text Books:
1. Ralph M. Barnes ―Motion and Time Study Design and Measurement of work‖, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.,
New York, 2002.
2. Jacob Solinger, ―Apparel Manufacturing Handbook, Analysis, Principles and Practice‖ Boblin Media
Corp, Columbia, 2000.
3. Johnson Maurice“Introduction of Work Study”, International Labour Organization, Geneva, 2005.
Reference Books
1. George Kanawaty, ILO, ―Introduction to Work study, Universal Publishing Corporation, Mumbai, 2005.
2. Chuter A J ―Introduction to Clothing Production Management‖, Blackwell Publishing, Oxford, UK,
2007.
3. V.Ramesh babu, ―Industrial engineering in apparel production‖, Woodhead publishing India Pvt Ltd,
New Delhi, 2011.
136
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
4. Kiell. B.Zandin, Maynard‘s ―Industrial Engineering Hand Book‖, Mc Graw Hill, Inc., New York, 2001.
Web References
1. https://onlinegarmentsacademy.blogspot.com/2019/09/work-study-apparel.html
2. https://apparelresources.com/business-news/manufacturing/industrial-engineering-apparel-
manufacturing-vi-making-operational-bulletin/
3. https://apparelresources.com/business-news/manufacturing/time-study-apparel manufacturing/
4. https://work-study.info/motion-study-principles-of-motion-study/
5. https://apparelresources.com/business-news/manufacturing/ie-apparel-manufacturing-iii-work-
measurement-using-time-study/
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
1
2
-
1
1
-
-
1
2
-
1
-
1
-
1
2
1
2
-
1
2
-
-
1
2
-
1
-
1
-
1
3
1
2
2
1
2
-
-
1
2
-
2
-
1
-
2
4
1
2
2
1
3
-
-
1
2
-
3
-
1
-
2
5
1
2
2
1
3
-
-
1
2
-
3
-
1
-
2
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
137
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTE510
LEATHER TECHNOLOGY
L
T
P
C
Hrs
3
0
0
3
45
Course Objectives
• To know about the different types of leather and its treatments
• To understand the production and inspection techniques of leather garments
• To know about the designing leather apparels
• To know about the machineries and equipment’s used in manufacture of leather apparel
• To know about properties and characteristics of leather garments
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1: Understand the classification of leather materials and process of preparing leather for manufacture
leather apparels (K2)
CO2: Understand the process of preparing leather for manufacture leather apparels. (K1)
CO3: Gain knowledge on designing leather apparels. (K3)
CO4: Gain knowledge on properties and characteristics of leather garments. (K1)
CO5: Gain knowledge on types of machineries and equipment’s used in manufacture of leather apparel.(K3)
UNIT I TYPES OF LEATHER AND PRODUCTION TECHNIQUE (9 Hrs)
Types, special features, principles involved in manufacture of E.I tanned leather, sole leather, wet blue
leather, full chrome upper leathers, upholstery leathers, chamois leather, fashion garment leathers, utility
glove leathers, picking band leathers, light, heavy and Industrial leathers, lining leathers, harness, belting and
saddlery leathers, football, hockey ball, cricket ball and other sports goods leathers.
UNIT II LEATHER TANNAGES (9 Hrs)
Leather, hide, skin, types, components and structure. preservation techniques, pre tanning processes:
soaking, liming, deliming, bating, and pickling. Types of tannages: vegetable, synthetic. tannage mechanism.
post tanning operations: neutralisation, fatliquoring, bleaching, dyeing and drying of leathers, combination
tanned leather.
UNIT III MACHINERIES, TOOLS AND EQUIPMENTS (9 Hrs)
Machineries used in leather processing: drum, sammying machine, shaving machine, splitting machine,
setting machine, spray dyeing machine, embossing, ironing and measuring machines, Tools and equipments
used in leather garment preparatory and manufacturing processes : gimping scissors, wooden & iron hammer,
stone slabs, skiving and spitting machines, cloth cutting machines, industrial sewing machines, button hole &
button stitching machine and ironing process, types of sewing needles and sewing threads,
UNIT IV CONSTRUCTION AND DESIGNING OF LEATHER GARMENTS (9 Hrs)
Fabrication of leather garments- principle of cutting components, type of stitching and attachment, sequence
of operation for assembly of components, accessories used. Shoe: parts, selection of leather, designing and
fabrication of shoes, machineries.
Classification based on material design and types- grain garments, suedes, fur, chrome, semi – chrome.
Designing of leather garments- leather jackets, women‘s wear, men‘s wear, preparation of sectional patterns,
pattern sets, arrangements of patterns to minimize wastage of leathers,.
UNIT V CHARACTERISTICS AND QUALITY CONTROL OF LEATHER GARMENTS (9 Hrs)
General properties of leather such as feel, texture, strength, elongation, comfort, rub resistance, uniformity of
shades, defects in skin, types of tests carried out, testing instruments and methods. In process and final
process control of leather garments.
Text Books:
1. Dutta.S S, ―An Introduction to the Principles of Leather Manufacture‖, Indian Leather Technologists
Association, Calcutta, 2002.
2. Thomas C,and Thorstensen,‖Practical Leather Technology‖, Krieger Publishing Company, USA, 2001
3. Skiving Manual, First Edition, 1994 CLRI, Chennai.
4. A Course Manual on Leather Garment Pattern Designing, 2007 CLRI Chennai.
5. Matric Pattern Cutting for Menswear, Winifred Aldrich, BSP Professional Books, London, 1990.
138
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
Reference Books
1. Sandy Scrivano,‖Sewing with Leather & Suede‖, Lark Books, New York 2002.
2. Sarkar.K.T, ―Theory and practice of leather manufacture, Macmillan India Press, Madras.1997.
3. Somenath Ganguly, ―Comprehensive Footwear Technology‖, Indian Leather Technologists'
Association, India, 2005.
4. J. H. Sharphouse ―Leather Technician‘s HandBook ―, Leather Producers‘ Association, Northampton,
1971.
5. Dutta.S.S. ―An Introduction to the Principles of Physical Testing of Leather‖ Indian Leather
Technologists' Association, India,1991.
Web References
1. https://www.leather-dictionary.com/index.php/Leather_production
2. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tanning_(leather)
3. http://www.madehow.com/Volume-2/Leather-Jacket.html
4. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/3055/quality-systems-for-garment-
5. https://www.intouch-quality.com/blog/leather-product-inspection-quality-control
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
1
-
1
-
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
1
-
2
1
-
2
-
2
-
1
-
-
-
-
-
1
1
-
3
2
-
2
-
2
-
-
-
2
-
-
-
1
1
-
4
2
-
2
-
2
-
1
-
2
-
-
-
1
2
-
5
3
-
2
-
2
-
2
-
2
-
-
-
1
1
-
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
139
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20HSO501
PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT AND DESIGN
L
T
P
C
Hrs
3
1
0
3
45
Course Objectives
• To provide the basic concepts of product design, product features and its architecture.
• To have a basic knowledge in the common features a product has and how to incorporate them suitably
in product.
• To enhance team working skills.
• To design some products for the given set of applications.
• To compete with a set of tools and methods for product design and development.
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 - Apply the concept for new product development. (K3)
CO2 - Validate knowledge on the concepts of product specification. (K5)
CO3 - Describe the principles of industrial design and prototyping. (K2)
CO4 - Apply knowledge on product architecture. (K3)
CO5 - Review the concept of product development and customer needs. (K5)
UNIT I: INTRODUCTION TO PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT (9 Hrs)
Product development versus design, product development process, product cost analysis, cost models,
reverse engineering and redesign product development process, new product development, tear down
method.
UNIT II: PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS (9 Hrs)
Establishing the product specifications– Target specifications – Refining specifications, concept generation-
Clarify the problem – Search internally – Search externally – Explore systematically - Reflect on the Results
and the Process.
UNIT III: PRODUCT CONCEPTS (9 Hrs)
A: Concept generation, product configuration, concept evaluation and selection, product embodiments.
B: Quality function deployment, product design specification, physical prototypes-types and technique,
dimensional analysis, design of experiments.
UNITIV: PRODUCT ARCHITECTURE (9 Hrs)
Concept selection- Screening – scoring, Product architecture – Implication of architecture - Establishing the
architecture – Related system level design issues.
UNIT V: PROTOTYPING (9 Hrs)
Reliability, failure identification techniques, Poka-Yoke, Design for the environment, design for maintainability,
product safety, liability and design, design for packaging.
Text Books
1. Kari T.Ulrich and Steven D.Eppinger,”Product Design and Development”, McGraw-Hill
International Edns.
2. Stephen Rosenthal, “Effective Product Design and Development”, Business One Orwin,
Homewood,
3. Otto, K. N. Product design: techniques in reverse engineering and new product development.
Reference Books
1. Ashby, M. F., & Johnson, K... Materials and design: the art and science of material selection in
product design. Butterworth-Heinemann.
2. Kevin Otto and Kristin Wood, “Techniques in Reverse Engineering and New Product
Development”, Pearson Education, Chennai, Edition III.
3. Chitale A.V. and Gupta R.C., “Product Design and Manufacturing”, 6th Edition, PHI.
4. Taurt Pugh,”Tool Design – Integrated Methods for Successful Product Engineering”, Addison
Wesley Publishing, New york, NY
140
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
5. Kumar, A., Jain, P. K., & Pathak, P. M. Reverse engineering in product manufacturing: an
overview. DAAAM international scientific book,
Web References
1. http://www.worldcat.org/title/product-design-and-development/oclc/904505863
2. https://www.pdfdrive.com/product-design-and-development-e38289913.html
3. https://www.smashingmagazine.com/2018/01/comprehensive-guide-product-design/
4. https://www.smashingmagazine.com/2018/01/comprehensive-guide-product-design/
5. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/sloan-school-of-management/15-783j-product-design-and-
development-spring-2006/lecture-notes/clas1_int_crse_6.pdf
6. https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc20_de05/preview
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
3
-
3
-
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
-
-
2
1
-
2
-
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
3
-
-
-
3
1
-
3
-
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
-
-
4
3
-
1
-
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
-
-
-
5
1
-
3
-
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
-
-
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
141
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20HSO502
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AND RIGHTS
L
T
P
C
Hrs
3
0
0
3
45
Course Objectives
• To introduce fundamental aspects of Intellectual Property Rights to students who are going to play a
major role in development and management of innovative projects in industries.
• To disseminate knowledge on patents, patent regime in India and abroad and registration aspects
• To disseminate knowledge on copyrights and its related rights and registration aspects
• To disseminate knowledge on trademarks and registration aspects
• Awareness about current trends in IPR and Government steps in fostering IPR
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1: Complete their academic projects, shall get an adequate knowledge on patent and copyright for their
innovative research works (K2)
CO2: Presenting useful insight on novelty of their idea from state-of-the art search during their project work
period. (K3)
CO3: Posting Intellectual Property as a career option like R&D IP Counsel, Government Jobs – Patent
Examiner, Private Jobs, Patent agent and/or Trademark agent and Entrepreneur (K5)
CO4: To disseminate knowledge on Design, Geographical Indication, Plant Variety and Layout Design
Protection and their registration aspects (K1)
CO5: Organizing their idea or innovations and analyse ethical and professional issues which arise in the
intellectual property law context. (K4)
UNIT I OVERVIEW OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY (9 Hrs)
Introduction and the need for intellectual property right (IPR) - Kinds of Intellectual Property Rights: Patent,
Copyright, Trade Mark, Design, Geographical Indication, Plant Varieties and Layout Design – Genetic
Resources and Traditional Knowledge – Trade Secret - IPR in India : Genesis and development – IPR in
abroad - Major International Instruments concerning Intellectual Property Rights: Paris Convention, 1883, the
Berne Convention, 1886, the Universal Copyright Convention, 1952, the WIPO Convention, 1967,the Patent
Co-operation Treaty, 1970, the TRIPS Agreement, 1994
UNIT II PATENTS (9 Hrs)
Patents - Elements of Patentability: Novelty, Non Obviousness (Inventive Steps), Industrial
Application - Non - Patentable Subject Matter - Registration Procedure, Rights and Duties of
Patentee, Assignment and licence, Restoration of lapsed Patents, Surrender and Revocation of
Patents, Infringement, Remedies & Penalties - Patent office and Appellate Board
UNIT III COPYRIGHTS (9 Hrs)
Nature of Copyright - Subject matter of copyright: original literary, dramatic, musical, artistic works;
cinematograph films and sound recordings - Registration Procedure, Term of protection, Ownership
of copyright, Assignment and licence of copyright - Infringement, Remedies & Penalties – Related
Rights - Distinction between related rights and copyrights
UNIT IV TRADEMARKS (9 Hrs)
Concept of Trademarks - Different kinds of marks (brand names, logos, signatures, symbols, well
known marks, certification marks and service marks) - Non Registrable Trademarks - Registration of
Trademarks - Rights of holder and assignment and licensing of marks - Infringement, Remedies &
Penalties - Trademarks registry and appellate board
142
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
UNIT V OTHER FORMS OF IP (9 Hrs)
Design: meaning and concept of novel and original - Procedure for registration, effect of registration
and term of protection Geographical Indication (GI) Geographical indication: meaning, and
difference between GI and trademarks - Procedure for registration, effect of registration and term of
protection.
Text Books
1. Nithyananda, K V. Intellectual Property Rights: Protection and Management. India, IN: Cengage
Learning India Private Limited, 2019
2. Neeraj, P., & Khusdeep, D. Intellectual Property Rights. India, IN: PHI learning Private Limited.
2014
Reference Books
1. Ahuja, V K. Law relating to Intellectual Property Rights. India, IN: Lexis Nexis, 2017.
2. Deborah E. Bouchoux, Intellectual Property: The Law of Trademarks, Copyrights, Patents and Trade
Secrets, Cengage Learning, Third Edition, 2012.
3. Edited by Derek Bosworth and Elizabeth Webster, The Management of Intellectual Property, Edward
Elgar Publishing Ltd., 2013.
4. Prabuddha Ganguli, Intellectual Property Rights: Unleashing the Knowledge Economy, McGraw Hill
Education, 2011.
5. S.V. Satakar, Intellectual Property Rights and Copy Rights, Ess Ess Publications, New Delhi, 2002.
6. V. Scople Vinod, Managing Intellectual Property, Prentice Hall of India pvt Ltd, 2012.
1.
Web References
1. Subramanian, N., & Sundararaman, M. (2018). Intellectual Property Rights – An Overview. Retrieved from
http://www.bdu.ac.in/cells/ipr/docs/ipr-eng-ebook.pdf
2. World Intellectual Property Organisation. (2004). WIPO Intellectual property Handbook. Retrieved from
https://www.wipo.int/edocs/pubdocs/en/intproperty/489/wipo_pub _489.pdf
3. Cell for IPR Promotion and Management (http://cipam.gov.in/)
4. World Intellectual Property Organisation (https://www.wipo.int/about-ip/en/)
5. Office of the Controller General of Patents, Designs & Trademarks (http://www.ipindia.nic.in/)
6. Journal of Intellectual Property Rights (JIPR): NISCAIR
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
CO
s
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO
1
PO
2
PO
3
PO
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PO
8
PO
9
PO1
0
PO1
1
PO1
2
PSO
1
PSO
2
PSO
3
1
1
-
3
-
2
-
1
2
-
-
-
2
-
-
-
2
1
-
3
-
2
-
2
2
-
-
-
2
-
-
-
3
-
-
2
-
1
-
3
3
-
-
-
2
-
-
-
4
2
-
3
-
2
-
2
2
-
-
-
2
-
-
-
5
1
-
1
-
2
-
1
2
-
-
-
2
-
-
-
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
143
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20HSO503
MARKETING MANAGEMENT AND
RESEARCH
L
T
P
C
Hrs
3
0
0
3
45
Course Objectives
• To facilitate understanding of the conceptual framework of marketing in engineering.
• To understand the concepts of product and market segmentation for engineering services and
technological products.
• Analyzing the various pricing concepts and promotional strategies for engineering and technology
markets.
• Learn to focus on a research problem using scientific methods in engineering and technological
enterprises.
• To be able to design and execute a basic survey research reports in in engineering and technological
enterprises
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 - Analyze the fundamental principles involved in managing engineering and technological markets (K3)
CO2 - Understand and develop product, and Market Segmentation for engineering services and technological
Products (K4)
CO3 - Develop pricing and promotional strategies for engineering and technology markets (K6)
CO4 - Analyze market problems and be capable of applying relevant models to generate appropriate solutions
to meet challenges in engineering and technological enterprises (K3)
CO5 - Identify the interrelationships between market trends, innovation, sustainability and communication in
engineering and technological enterprises (K5)
UNIT I MARKETING – AN OVERVIEW (9 Hrs)
Definition, Marketing Process, Dynamics, Needs, Wants and Demands, Marketing Concepts, Environment,
Mix, Types, Philosophies, Selling vs Marketing, Consumer Goods, Industrial Goods.
UNIT II PRODUCT AND MARKET SEGMENTATION (9 Hrs)
Product, Classifications of product, Product Life Cycle, New product development, Branding, Segmentation
factors, Demographic, Psycho graphic and Geographic Segmentation, Process, Patterns. Services marketing
and Industrial marketing.
UNIT III PRICING AND PROMOTIONAL STRATEGIES (9 Hrs)
Price: Objectives, Pricing Decisions and Pricing Methods, Pricing Management. Advertising-Characteristics,
Impact, Goals, Types, Sales Promotion – Point of purchase, Unique Selling Propositions, Characteristics,
Wholesaling, Retailing, Channel Design, Logistics.
UNIT IV RESEARCH AND ITS FUNDAMENTALS (9 Hrs)
Research: Meaning, Objectives of Research, Types of Research, Significance of Research - Methods Vs
Methodology - Research Process – Components of Research Problem, Literature Survey – Primary Data and
Secondary Data, Questionnaire design, Measurement and Scaling Techniques.
UNIT V BASIC STATISTICAL ANALYSIS AND REPORT WRITING (9 Hrs)
Fundamentals of Statistical Analysis and Inference- Measures of Central Tendency -Measures of Dispersion -
Measures of Asymmetry - Report Writing: Types of research reports, Techniques of Interpretation,
Precautions in Interpretation, Significance of Report Writing, Different Steps in Report Writing, Layout of
Research Report, Mechanics of Writing Research Report, Ethics in Research
Text Books
1. Philip Kolter & Keller, “Marketing Management”, Prentice Hall of India, 14th edition, 2012.
2. Lilien, Gary l., and Arvind Rangaswamy. “Marketing managers make ongoing decisions about product
features, prices, distribution options”, The Handbook of Marketing Research: Uses, Misuses, and Future
Advances (2006).
Reference Books
1. Chandrasekar. K.S., “Marketing Management Text and Cases”, 1st Edition, Tata McGraw Hill -
Vijaynicole, 2010.
2. Kothari, C. “Research Methodology Methods and Techniques”, New Age International (P) Ltd., 2017
3. RajanSexena. Marketing Management: Text cases in Indian Context.(3rd edition) New Delhi, Tata
McGraw hill, 2006
4. Moisander J, Valtonen A, “Qualitative marketing research: A cultural approach”, Sage Publisher, 2006.
144
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
5. Malhotra NK, Satyabhushan Dash, “Marketing Research: An Applied Orientation”, 7th ed, Pearson
Education, 2019
Web References
1. h
ttps://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc20_mg26/preview
2. h
ttps://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc20_mg26/preview
3. h
ttps://www.entrepreneur.com/encyclopedia/market-research
4. Journal of Consumer Research – Oxford Academics
5. Journal of Marketing Research - SAGE Publishing
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
-
-
1
-
-
-
2
-
-
1
-
1
-
-
-
2
-
1
2
-
1
-
3
-
-
2
-
1
-
-
-
3
-
-
1
-
1
-
-
-
2
1
-
1
-
-
-
4
-
3
2
2
-
1
-
1
1
2
-
1
-
-
-
5
-
2
2
1
2
2
-
2
2
2
-
1
-
-
-
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
145
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20HSO504
PROJECT MANAGEMENT FOR ENGINEERS
L
T
P
C
Hrs
3
0
0
3
45
Course Objectives
• To understand the various concepts and steps in project management.
• To familiarize the students with the project feasibility studies and project life cycle
• To enable the students to prepare a project schedule
• To understand the risk management and project Control process.
• To learn about the closure of a project and strategies to be an effective project manager.
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 - Interpret the different concepts and the various steps in defining a project. (K2)
CO2 - Examining the feasibility of a project. (K3)
CO3 - Build a schedule for a Project. (K6)
CO4 - Predict the risk associated with a project and demonstrate the project audit. (K2)
CO5 - Analyse the project team and outline the Project closure. (K4)
UNIT I PROJECT MANAGEMENT CONCEPTS (9 Hrs)
Project: Meaning, Attributes of a project, Project Life cycle, Project Stakeholders, Classification, Importance of
project management, Project Portfolio Management System, Different Project Management Structure, Steps
in Defining the Project, Project Rollup – Process breakdown structure – Responsibility Matrices – External
causes of delay and internal constraints
UNIT II PROJECT FEASIBILITY ANALYSIS (9 Hrs)
Opportunity Studies, Pre-Feasibility studies, and Feasibility Study: Market Feasibility, Technical Feasibility,
Financial Feasibility and Economic Feasibility. Financial and Economic Appraisal of a project, Social Cost
Benefit Analysis in India and Project Life Cycle.
UNIT III PROJECT SCHEDULING & NETWORK TECHNIQUES (9 Hrs)
Scheduling Resources and reducing Project duration: Types of project constraints, classification of scheduling
problem, Resources allocation methods, Splitting, Multitasking, Benefits of scheduling resources, Rationale
for reducing project duration, Options for accelerating Project completion
Developing and Constructing the Project Network (Problems), PERT, CPM; Crashing of Project Network,
UNIT IV PROJECT RISK MANAGEMENT AND PROJECT CONTROL (9 Hrs)
Project Risk management; Risk concept, Risk identification, Risk assessment, Risk response development,
Contingency planning, Contingency funding and time buffers, Risk response control, and Change control
management
Budgeting and Project Control Process, Control issues, Tendering and Contract Administration. Steps in
Project Appraisal Process and Project Audits
UNIT V PROJECT CLOSURE AND MANAGING PROJECT (9 Hrs)
Project Closure: Team, Team Member and Project Manager Evaluations. Managing versus Leading a Project:
Qualities of an Effective Project Manager, Managing Project Stakeholders, Managing Project Teams: Five
Stage Team Development Model, Situational factors affecting team development and project team pitfalls.
Text Books
1. E
rik Larson and Clifford Gray. “Project Management: The Managerial Process”. 6th Edn. McGraw Hill
Education; 2017.
2. H
arold Kerzner. “Project Management: A systems approach to Planning, Scheduling and Controlling. 12th
Edn. John Wiley & Sons; 2017
146
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
Reference Books
1. Meredith, J.R. & Mantel, S. J. “Project Management- A Managerial Approach”. John Wiley.:2017
2. Prasanna Chandra. “Projects: Planning, Analysis, Selection, Financing, Implementation, and Review”. 9th
Edn. McGraw Hill Education; 2019.
3. B C Punmia by K K Khandelwal. “Project Planning and Control with PERT and CPM”. 4th Edn. Laxmi
Publications Private Limited; 2016.
4. Hira N Ahuja, S.P.Dozzi, S.M.Abourizk. “Project Management”. 2nd Edn. Wiley India Pvt Ltd; 2013.
5. “A guide to Project Management Body of Knowledge”. 6th Edn. Project Management Institute; 2017
Web Resources
1. www.pmi.org
2. www.projectmanagement.com
3. https://www.sciencedirect.com/journal/international-journal-of-project-management
4. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/107/110107081/
5. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/104/110104073/
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
2
-
1
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
2
2
-
-
-
2
-
2
1
-
-
1
-
-
1
1
1
1
-
-
-
3
-
1
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
-
-
-
-
4
3
1
1
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
3
-
-
-
5
3
-
3
-
-
-
-
3
3
2
3
2
-
-
-
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
147
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20HSO505
FINANCIAL FOR ENGINEERS
L
T
P
C
2
1
0
3
Course Objectives
• To develop a deeper understanding of the fundamentals of Accounting and Finance
• To learn how to apply mathematical principles in Finance and the concepts of Risk and Return
• To understand the need and procedure for conducting Financial Analysis for better decision-making
• To be familiar with the modes of generating funds for business and their implications
• To understand the scientific ways to determine deployment of funds in business
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1: Understand basic concepts in accounting and finance and their importance for engineers (K2)
CO2: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the applications of mathematics in finance (K3)
CO3: Conduct Financial Analysis and use the outcome in making informed decisions in investing (K4)
CO4: Identify and Appreciate various sources of procurement of funds in business and their critical evaluation
(K2)
CO5: Know how to scientifically determine the investing in long-term and short-term assets in business (K3)
UNIT I: UNDERSTANDING THE FUNDAMENTALS (9 hrs)
Assets – Need and Functions of Assets – Types of Assets – Factors determining Investments in Assets.
Liabilities – Meaning and Functions of Liabilities – Types of Liabilities – Capital as a Liability: Why and How –
The Accounting Equation – Balance Sheet Approach – Concept and Meaning of Finance – Financial Planning
– Funds Procurement – Funds Deployment – Handling Surplus or Deficit of Funds – Distinction between
Accounting and Finance – Significance of Accounting and Finance for Engineers – Financial Decisions.
UNIT II: MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE (9 hrs)
Time Value of Money – Principles of Compounding and Discounting – Computation of Present Value and
Future Value – Implications of TVM in Financial Decisions – Concept of Risk and Return – Measuring Risk
and Return – Concept of Required Rate of Return and its significance in Investment Decisions – Risk-Return
Trade-off – Concepts of Debt and Equity – Need for Equity in Business – Pros and Cons of Debt Capital –
Concept of Tax Benefit in Debt – Concept of Inflation - How to factor Inflation in Financial Decisions.
UNIT III: FINANCIAL ANALYSIS (9 hrs)
Meaning and Objectives of Financial Analysis – Annual Report As an Input for Analysis – Basic
Understanding of Annual Reports - Tools of Financial Analysis – Horizontal Analysis – Vertical Analysis –
Trend Analysis – Accounting Ratios – Significance of Ratio Analysis in Decision-making – Snap-shot of the
Past to predict the Future – Computation of Key Ratios – Liquidity Ratios – Profitability Ratios – Performance
Ratios – Ratios that are helpful for Potential Investors.
UNIT IV: FUNDS PROCUREMENT (9 hrs)
Meaning of Funds – Sources of Funds – Long-Term Sources – Short-Term Sources – Spontaneous Sources
– Financing Decisions in Business – Approaches to Financing – Hedging, Conservative and Aggressive
Approaches – Capitalisation – Dangers of Undercapitalisation and Overcapitalisation in Business – Capital
Structure – Need and Importance of Capital Structure – Determining Optimum Capital Structure – Concept
and Computation of Earnings Before Interest and Tax (EBIT), Earnings Before Tax (EBT), and Earnings After
Tax (EAT) - Leverage in Finance – Types and Computation of Leverages – Operating Leverage, Financial
Leverage, and Combined Leverage.
UNIT V: FUNDS DEPLOYMENT (9 hrs)
Investment Decisions – Meaning and Significance in Finance – Types of Investment Decisions: Long-Term
Investment Decisions, Short-Term Investment Decisions, Decisions to invest Surplus Funds. Long-Term
Investment Decisions: Significance – Methods: Pay-Back Period Method, Net Present Value Method and
Benefit-Cost Ratio Method. Short-Term Investment Decisions – Concept of Working Capital – Need and
Importance of Working Capital in Business – Determinants of Working Capital in a Business – Working
Capital Financing. Components of Working Capital – Cash, Receivables and Inventory – Need to focus on
Components. Dividends: Concept and Meaning – Implications of Dividend Decisions on Liquidity
Management – Investing the Surplus: Principles and Methods.
148
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
Text Books
1. R. Narayanaswamy, Financial Accounting – A managerial perspective, PHI Learning, New Delhi. (2015 or
later edition)
2. C. Paramasivan and T. Subramanian. Financial Management. New Age International, New Delhi. (2015 or
later edition)
Reference Books
1. S.N. Maheswari, Sharad K. Maheswari & Suneel K. Maheswari. Accounting For Management. Vikas
Publishing (2017 or later edition)
2. Varun Dawar & Narendar L. Ahuja. Financial Accounting and Analysis. Taxmann Publications. (2018 or
later edition)
3. Athma. P. Financial Accounting and Analysis. Himalaya Publishing House. (2017 or later edtion)
4. Prasanna Chandra. Financial Management. Tata-McGraw Hill Publishers, New Delhi. (2019 or later
edition)
5. S.C. Kuchhal. Financial Management. Chaitanya Publishing House, Allahabad. (2014 or later edition)
Web Resources
1. http://www.annualreports.com/
2. http://www.mmachennai.org/
3. https://finance.yahoo.com/
4. https://icmai.in/icmai/
5. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/107/110107144/
6. https://web.utk.edu/~jwachowi/wacho_world.html
7. https://www.icai.org/indexbkp.html
8. https://www.icsi.edu/home/
9. https://www.investopedia.com/
10. https://www.moneycontrol.com/
11. https://www.rbi.org.in/
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
-
-
1
-
-
-
2
-
-
1
2
1
-
-
-
2
-
1
2
-
1
-
3
-
-
2
2
1
-
-
-
3
-
-
1
-
1
-
-
-
2
1
2
1
-
-
-
4
-
3
2
2
-
1
-
1
1
2
2
1
-
-
-
5
-
2
2
1
2
2
-
2
2
2
2
1
-
-
-
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
149
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20HSP502
GENERAL PROFICIENCY -II
L
T
P
C
Hrs
0
0
2
1
30
Course Objectives
• To examine various standardized test in English language
• To recognize the key features of various technical writing
• To integrate LSRW skills to endorse multifarious skill set in practical situation
• To understand the factors that influence the usage of grammar
• To understand the basic concepts of logical reasoning skills
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 - Infer ideas to attend international standardized test by broadening receptive and productive skills.(K2)
CO2 - Interpret the types of writing in different state of affairs (K2)
CO3 - Develop language skills professionally to groom the overall personality through sensitizing various
etiquettes in real time situation (K3)
CO4 - Identify the rules of grammar in academic discourse settings (K3)
CO5 - Extend the skills to compete in various competitive exams like GATE, GRE, CAT, UPSC, etc.(K2)
UNIT I -CAREER SKILLS (6Hrs)
Listening: Listening at specific contexts Speaking: Mock interview (Personal & Telephonic)-Reading: Read
and Review -Newspaper, Advertisement, Company Handbooks, and Guidelines (IELTS based) Writing:
Essay Writing (TOEFL) Vocabulary: Words at specified context (IELTS)
UNIT II - CORPORATE SKILLS (6Hrs)
Listening: Listening and replicating Speaking: Team Presentation (Work Place Etiquettes) Reading: Short
texts (signs, emoticons, messages) Writing: E-mail writing- Hard skills -Resume’ Writing, Job Application
Letter, Formal Letter Vocabulary: Glossary (IELTS)
UNIT III - FUNCTIONAL SKILLS (6Hrs)
Listening: Listening TED Talks – Speaking: Brainstorming &Individual Presentation, Persuasive
Communication –- Reading: Text Completion (GRE Based) Writing: Expansion of Compound Words
Vocabulary: Expansion of vocabulary (IELTS)
UNIT IV - TRANSFERABLE SKILLS (6Hrs)
Listening: Listening Documentaries and making notes –Speaking: Conversation practice at formal &
informal context Reading: Read and transform- report, memo, notice and advertisement, Writing:
Euphemism, Redundancy, and Intensifiers Vocabulary: Refinement of vocabulary (IELTS)
UNIT V –APTITUDE (6 Hrs)
Transformational Grammar: Phrases & Clauses, Concord, Conditional Clauses, Voice, Modals
Verbal Ability Enhancement: Letter Series, Coding &Decoding, Sentence Completion (GATE), Critical
Reasoning & Verbal Deduction (GATE), Syllogism
Reference Books
1. Lougheed, Lin. “Barron's Writing for the TOEFL IBT: With Audio CD”. Barron's Educational series, 2008.
2. Tulgan, Bruce. “Bridging the soft skills gap: How to teach the missing basics to today’s young talent”. John
Wiley & Sons, 2015.
3. Sherfield, Robert M. “Cornerstone: Developing Soft Skills”. Pearson Education India, 2009.
4. Cullen, Pauline, Amanda French, and Vanessa Jakeman. “The official Cambridge guide to IELTS for
academic & general training”.Cambridge, 2014.
5. Ramesh, Gopalaswamy. “The ace of soft skills: attitude, communication and etiquette for success”.
Pearson Education India, 2010.
Web References
1. https://www.englishclub.com/grammar/nouns-compound.htm
2. https://lofoya.com/Verbal-Test-Questions-and-Answers/Sentence-Completion/l3p1
3. https://www.grammarwiz.com/phrases-and-clauses-quiz.html
4. https://www.clarkandmiller.com/25-english-euphemisms-for-delicate-situations/
5. http://www.englishvocabularyexercises.com/general-vocabulary/
150
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
-
3
-
1
-
1
-
2
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
-
3
-
1
-
1
-
3
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3
-
1
-
1
-
4
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
-
3
-
1
-
1
-
5
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3
-
1
-
-
-
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High
151
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTP510
GARMENT CONSTRUCTION - II LAB
L
T
P
C
Hrs
0
0
2
1
30
Course Objectives
• To demonstrate skills in sewing different types of seams.
• To demonstrate fundamental concepts of preparing sample seams
• To demonstrate skills in constructing commercial garment categories
• To demonstrate skills in finishing garment samples
• To train the students in garment construction
.
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 – Explain the various sewing and seam techniques (K4)
CO2 - Organize the seam specification parameters for preparing samples(K3)
CO3 - Construct samples making use of garmenting techniques(K4)
CO4 - Predict the technical problems faced in seam sample preparation. (K3)
CO5 - the students will be able to construct various garments for men, women and children. (K4)
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Pattern making of men’s / women’s jeans
2. Construction of layout of men’s / women’s jeans
3. Stitching of men’s / women’s jeans
4. Study of Operation breakdown of jeans
5. Pattern making of men’s / women’s vest-coat
6. Construction of layout of men’s / women’s vest-coat
7. Stitching of men’s / women’s vest-coat
8. Study of Operation breakdown of vest-coat
9. Draping of flounces and peplum
10. Draping of different types of skirt
11. Block development of trouser by draping method.
12. Pattern alteration of various body defects
Reference Book
3. Laboratory Manual prepared by the Department of Fashion Technology, 2020.
4. Jacob Solinger, “Apparel Production Handbook”, Reinhold Publications,1998
4. Carr H and Latham B., “The Technology of Clothing Manufacturing”, Blackwell Science, U.K.,1994
Web References
5. https://ncert.nic.in/vocational/pdf/ivsm103.pdf
6. https://www.slideshare.net/sarwatshabbir/1-garments
7. https://www.cottonworks.com/topics/sourcing-manufacturing/garment-manufacturing/the-art-of-garment-
manufacturing-garment-construction/
8. https://www.textileschool.com/258/garment-construction-techniques/
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
3
3
-
-
2
-
-
-
2
2
-
-
2
-
-
2
3
3
-
-
2
-
-
-
2
2
-
-
2
-
-
3
3
3
-
-
2
-
-
-
2
2
-
-
2
-
-
4
3
2
-
-
2
-
-
-
2
2
-
-
2
-
-
5
3
2
-
-
2
-
-
-
2
2
-
-
2
-
-
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High
152
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTP511
FASHION FORECASTING AND
ACCESSORIES LAB
L
T
P
C
Hrs
0
0
2
1
30
Course Objectives
• Describe forecasted colors, fabrics and trends according to seasons and market.
• Discuss various forecasting methods used by reputed forecasting companies to
• develop current trend for the local market.
• Describe and classify different fashion accessories
• To learn the concepts of story / mood board / colour board.
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 - Evaluate the forecasted colors, fabrics and trends according to seasons and market type as a member
of team and present the same.
CO1 - Apply various forecasting methods used by reputed forecasting companies to develop current trend for
the local market
CO1 - Gain knowledge on the selection of the suitable raw materials and accessories.
CO1 - To describe and classify different fashion accessories
CO1 - To explain material selection for various garment.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Study the Fashion forecasting and Fashion styling.
2. Study the fashion forecasting process,
3. study of colour and fabric forecasting.
4. Study of concept of mood, theme, inspiration and story board.
5. Previous decade study for colors, silhouettes, fabrics, styles and influences of socio-political and
lifestyle causes on fashion: World scenario and Indian scenario.
6. To prepare research work sheet based on the selected theme.
7. To prepare forecasting sheet for colors, pattern and fabric for the ensuing seasons based on
international forecast.
8. Preparation of Inspiration/Story boards/Mood boards.
9. Collections of fabric swatches, laces, braids, linings, wadding, Surface Ornamentations based on
forecast done/ existing market trends
10. To prepare fabric swatch board foe the selected theme.
11. Illustrating Fashion Models for collection development.
12. To prepare client’s brief sheet, cost sheet and design development sheet.
13. Design development process: Selection of Seams, Necklines, Collars, Sleeves, cuffs, pockets,
Accessories etc
14. Development of garment specification sheet for a selected garment.
15. Pattern Development for a garment out of developed collection.
16. Window Display.
Reference Books:
1. Laboratory Manual prepared by the Department of Fashion Technology, 2020.
2. Fashion Forecasting by Brannon, Evelyn L., Bloomsbury Publishing PLC, ISBN:
9781563678202
3. Fashion Forward: A Guide to Fashion Forecasting by Rousso Chelsea, Paperback
Publications, ISBN: 9781563679247
4. Fashion Illustration for Designers by Kathryn Hagen, Paperback Publications, ISBN:
9780130983831
5. Illustrating Fashion: Concept to Creation by Steven Stipelman, Fairchild Books,ISBN:
9781563678301
6. Apparel Costing by M. Krishnakumar, Abhishek Publication, ISBN:9788182473928
7. Pattern making for fashion design by Helen Joseph Armstrong fifth edition, Pearson
Education, Inc. ISBN-10: 0-13-606934-7
Web References
1. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/83/fashion-forecasting
2. https://colormarketing.org/2018/06/06/what-is-color-forecasting/
3. https://demand-planning.com/2019/10/02/how-to-present-forecasts-properly/
153
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
4. https://www.slideshare.net/aslikarabulut/sales-forecasting
5. https://trendzoom.com/
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
3
2
-
-
1
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
-
2
3
3
-
-
2
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
3
-
-
3
2
3
-
-
2
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
-
4
3
3
-
-
2
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
-
5
2
2
-
-
2
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
4
-
-
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High
154
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTP512
TESTING OF TEXTILE AND APPARELS LAB
L
T
P
C
Hrs
0
0
2
1
30
Course Objectives
• To understand working principles/ procedures of various textile testing instruments
• To test the fibre, yarn, fabric and accessories.
• To test and interpret the data obtained from the testing instruments
• To understand and concluded the standards and present the results
• To understand the computerized colour matching instrument
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 - Acquire knowledge in basic working principles of testing instruments. (K1)
CO2 - Develop skills in preparing samples for various types of experiments as per standards. (K1)
CO3 - Analyze and interpret the data obtained from the testing instruments. (K4)
CO4 - Conclude based on the standards and present the results. (K4)
CO5 - Acquire knowledge in computerized colour matching instrument. (K1)
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Determination of Yarn Count and Lea Strength
2. Determination of Single / Ply Yarn Twist
3. Determination of Yarn Appearance Grade
4. Determination of Fabric Abrasion Resistance
5. Determination of Fabric Tensile Strength
6. Determination of Color Fastness to Rubbing - Crock meter
7. Determination of Fabric Stiffness and Crease Recovery Angle
8. Determination of Fabric bursting strength and fabric Drape.
9. Determination of fabric pilling.
10. Determination of fabric tear strength.
11. Determination of colorfastness to perspiration.
12. Determination of shrinkage of woven and knitted fabrics.
13. Determination of Seam Strength and Seam Slippage
14. Determination of Zipper strength
15. Determination of Button Pull Strength
16. Determination of Peel bond strength of fusible interlinings
17. Determination of Wickability of fabric
18. Determination of Spirality and Course length of Knitted fabrics
19. Classification of Fabric defects and evaluation using 4 point system.
20. Determination of Wettability of fabrics.
21. Determination of sublimation fastness and stretch & recovery of fabric.
22. Analysis of Seam puckers.
23. Determination of garment dimensional stability.
24. Color measurement of fabrics with computerized colour matching.
Reference Books
1. Laboratory Manual prepared by the Department of Fashion Technology, 2020.
2. Booth J.E., “Principle of Textile Testing”, Butterworth Publications, London, 1989
3. Kothari V. K., “Testing and Quality Management”, Progress in Textile Technology Vol.1, IAFL
Publications, New Delhi, 1999
4. Sara J. Kadolph., “Quality Assurance for Textiles and Apparels”, Fair Child Publications, New York,
1998
5. Saville,B.P. “Physical Testing of Textiles”, Woodhead Publishing Ltd., England,2004.
6. Grover E G and Hamby D. S “Hand Book of Textile testing and quality Control”, Wiley Eastern Pvt.
Ltd., New Delhi, 1969.
7. Ruth clock and Grace Kunz., “Apparel Manufacture – Sewn Product Analysis”, Upper Sadle River
Publications, New York, 2000
8. Pradip V. Mehta., “Managing Quality in the Apparel Industry”, NIFT Publication, India, 1998
9. Slater K., “Physical Testing and Quality Control”, The Textile Institute, Vol.23, No.1/2/3 Manchester,
1993
10. Arindam Basu, "Textile Testing-Fiber, Yarn & Fabric", SITRA, India, 2001.
155
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
Web References
1. https://textilevaluechain.in/textile-articles/textile-testing-and-quality-control/
2. https://www.qima.com/testing/garments-apparel
3. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/4345/quality-control-in-apparel
4. https://www.hqts.com/textile-and-apparel/
5. https://www.intouch-quality.com/blog/5-packaging-quality-control-checks-no-importer-can-afford-
to-skip
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
3
-
-
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
3
-
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3
-
-
-
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
4
-
3
-
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
3
-
3
-
-
5
-
-
-
3
2
-
-
-
-
2
-
-
3
-
-
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High
156
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTC5XX
CERTIFICATION COURSE - V
L
T
P
C
Hrs
0
0
4
-
50
Students shall choose an International certification course offered by the reputed organizations like
Google, Microsoft, IBM, Texas Instruments, Bentley, Autodesk, Eplan and CISCO, etc. The duration of the
course is 40-50 hours specified in the curriculum, which will be offered through Centre of Excellence.
Pass /Fail will be determined on the basis of participation, attendance, performance and completion of
the course. If a candidate Fails, he/she has to repeat the course in the subsequent years. Pass in this course
is mandatory for the award of degree
157
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTS504
SKILL DEVELOPMENT COURSE 4: FOREIGN
LANGUAGE/ IELTS - I
L
T
P
C
Hrs
0
0
2
-
30
Student should choose the Foreign Language/IELTS course like Japanese/French/ Germany/IELTS, etc.
approved by the Department committee comprising of HoD, Programme Academic Coordinator, Class advisor
and language Experts. The courses are to be approved by Academic Council on the recommendation of HoD
at the beginning of the semester if necessary, subject to ratification in the next Academic council meeting.
Students have to complete the courses successfully. The Committee will monitor the progress of the student
and recommend the grade (100% Continuous Assessment pattern) based on the completion of course. The
marks attained for this course is not considered for CGPA calculation
158
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTS505
SKILL DEVELOPMENT COURSE 5: PRESENTATION
SKILL USING ICT
L
T
P
C
Hrs
0
0
2
-
30
The methodology used is “learning by doing”, a hands-on approach, enabling the students to follow their own
pace. The teacher, after explaining the project, became a tutor, answering questions and helping students on
their learning experience.
CT skills
i. Understand ICT workflow in cloud computing.
ii. Manage multitasking.
iii. Deal with main issues using technology in class.
iv. Record, edit and deliver audio and video.
v. Automate assessments and results.
Teaching tools
vi. Different ways to create audiovisual activities.
vii. Handle audiovisual editors.
viii. Collaborative working.
ix. Individualize learning experience.
x. Get instant feedback from students.
Each one of the students will be assigned an ICT Topic and the student has to conduct a detailed study and
have to prepare a report, running to 15 or 20 pages for which a demo to be performed followed by a brief
question and answer session. The demo will be evaluated by the internal assessment committee for a total of
100 marks. The marks attained for this course is not considered for CGPA calculation.
159
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTM505
INDIAN CONSTITUTION
L
T
P
C
Hrs
2
0
0
-
30
Course Objectives
• To Enable the student to understand the importance of constitution
• To understand the structure of executive, legislature and judiciary
• To understand philosophy of fundamental rights and duties
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 - Understand historical background of the constitutional making and its importance for building a
democratic India, the structure of Indian government, the structure of state government, the local
Administration
CO2 - Understand knowledge on directive principle of state policy, the knowledge in strengthening of the
constitutional institutions like CAG, Election Commission and UPSC for sustaining democracy
UNIT I INDIAN CONSTITUTION
Salient Features - Preamble - Fundamental Rights – Directive Principles of State Policy - Fundamental Duties
UNIT II PARLIAMENTRY SYSTEM
Powers and Functions of President and Prime Minister - Council of Ministers - The Legislature Structure and Functions
of Lok Sabha and Rajya Sabha – Speaker
UNIT III THE JUDICIARY
Organization and Composition of Judiciary - Powers and Functions of the Supreme Court - Judicial Review – High
Courts.
UNIT IV STATE GOVERNMENTS
Powers and Functions of Governor and Chief Minister – Council of Ministers - State Legislature
UNIT V LOCAL GOVERNMENTS
73rd and 74th Constitutional Amendments – Federalism - Center – State Relations
Text Books
1. Basu D.D,” Introduction to Indian Constitution”, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2015.
2. Gupta D.C, “Indian Government and Politics”, Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi, 2010.
Reference Books
1. Pylee M.V, “Introduction to the Constitution of India”, Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi, 2011.
2. Kashyap S, “Our Constitution”, National Book Trust, New Delhi, 2010
160
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTT619
GARMENT PROJECT PLANNING
L
T
P
C
Hrs
3
0
0
3
45
Course Objectives
• To explain project planning.
• To explain the selection of sewing machine for various operations
• To estimate the production capacity and machine requirement for the garment manufacturing
processes.
• To formulate the project report for the garment unit.
• To describe the material handling and labour compliments for the garment industry.
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 - Describe project planning and describe the phases of capital budgeting process. (K2)
CO2 – Describe the sewing machine for various operations (K3)
CO3 - Estimate production capacity and machine requirement for the garment manufacturing. (K2)
CO4 - Formulate the project report for the garment unit by doing the techno economic viability. (K3)
CO5 - Understand the material handling, and labour compliments for the garment units. (K2)
UNIT I PROJECT PLANNING (9 Hrs)
Introduction, Capital investment required for project, Phases of Capital Budgeting, Difficulties in Capital
expenditure, Phases involved
UNIT II SELECTION OF MACHINES (9 Hrs)
Selection of machines & machinery specifications required for the product in Shirts, trousers, knit goods,
made-ups, suits, ladies dress material etc. material handling equipment and labour requirements in the
apparel industry.
UNIT III ANALYZE OF THE PLANNING, LAYOUT AND LOGISTICS IN GARMENT
MANUFACTURING (9 Hrs)
Analyze of the planning, layout and logistics in garment manufacturing, Application of computers in preparing
for the production of clothing, Risk Analysis, Optimization of planning, Layout optimization, Logistics in
garment industry, symptoms of bad layout. Layout aspects of garment unit. Selection of site for Garment
industry, General location, Actual selection of specific site, Calculation of spatial requirements, factors
influencing site selection, Climatic considerations, geo-technical report, bearing pressure etc. General
information about textile & garment manufacturing industry centers in India.
UNIT IV FORMULATION OF A PROJECT REPOR (9 Hrs)
Assumptions, Machinery Organizations, Requirement of Miscellaneous Fixed Assets & Machinery Stores &
Spares, Requirement & Calculations related to Electrical Power, Lighting, Water, Steam etc.
UNIT V TECHNO-ECONOMIC VIABILITY (9 Hrs)
Calculations of cost of project – Means of Finance – Estimates of sales & production – cost of production –
working capital requirement – Profitability Projection – Breakeven point – Projected cash flow statements
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Jacob Solinger., “Apparel Manufacturing Handbook ", Vannostrand Reinhold Company (1980).
2. Gordana Colovic, “Management of Technology Systems in the Garment Industry”, Woodhead
Publishing.
3. Bethel, Tann, Atwater and Rung, " Production Control ", McGraw Hill Book Co., New York, (1948).
4. Apple. J. M., “Plant Layout and Materials Handling ", The Ronald Press Co. New York (1950).
REFERENCES:
1. Project, Planning Analysis, Selection Implementation & Review by Prasanna Chandra, Tata McGraw
Hill Publishing Co. Ltd.,
Web References
1. https://www.textileblog.com/project-management-in-textile-and-apparel-industry/
161
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
2. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/6444/making-of-garments
3. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/5837/the-logistics-management-in-textile-industry
4. http://worldapparelstore.blogspot.com/2020/01/apparel-manufacturing-project-report.html
5. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/5551/techno-economics-of-garment-industry
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
2
-
3
-
2
-
-
-
1
-
3
-
-
2
-
2
2
-
3
-
2
-
-
-
2
-
3
-
-
2
-
3
2
-
3
-
2
-
-
-
2
-
3
-
-
2
-
4
2
-
3
-
2
-
-
-
2
-
3
-
-
2
-
5
2
-
3
-
2
-
-
-
3
-
3
-
-
2
-
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High
162
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTT620
CAD – CAM FOR APPARELS
L
T
P
C
Hrs
3
0
0
3
45
Course Objectives
• To define the concepts of CAD-CAM and its usage in garment manufacturing.
• To understand the computerized pattern making process.
• To explain the CAD production planning
• To explain the computerized production planning and 3D technology in garment manufacturing.
• To explain the latest developments of CAD-CAM in apparel industry.
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 - Illustrate the concepts of CAD-CAM and its usage in garment manufacturing. (K2)
CO2 - Discuss the computerized pattern making process. (K3)
CO3 - Describe the computerized production planning
CO3 - Describe the 3D Technology in garment manufacturing. (K4)
CO4 - Interpret the latest developments of CAD-CAM in apparel industry. (K4)
UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER: INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER (9 Hrs)
Introduction - concepts of CAD / CAM. Usage of CAD/CAM in Garment Manufacturing. Principles of
computer graphics, abbreviations and symbols used in CAD systems.
UNIT II COMPUTERIZED PRODUCTION PATTERN MAKING (9 Hrs)
Comparison of manual and CAD systems. Computerized production pattern making – Hardware and software
selection for CAD systems. How to produce a sample production pattern. Computer aided manipulation of
pattern pieces to create individual styles. Operation of garment CAD software. Input and output reports for
CAD
UNIT III COMPUTER AIDED PRODUCTION PLANNING (9 Hrs)
Reports generated by production planning software – production output reports by customer/location/delivery
date. Use of microcomputers for production control in garment industry.
UNIT IV 3-D MODELLING: INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS (9 Hrs)
3D scanning technology. 3D body scanners, Imaging techniques for various designs. Automatic Pattern
Generation Systems. 2D to 3D conversion technology. Draping 2D patterns on 3D body forms. Digitizing a
pattern and grading of patterns. Drape evaluation of 3D garment simulation.
UNIT V. COMPUTER AIDED MANUFACTURING (9 Hrs)
Computer controlled machinery for garment manufacturing - automated layout planning by various techniques
- Algorithm for computer production garment parts, Development of robotics for CAM. Creating marker plan
and plotting markers. And developments in the 3D pattern making systems, WIP control using CAD software,
3D virtual clothing and simulation software.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Winfred Aidrich, “CAD in Clothing and Textiles”, Blackwell Science Ltd., 1994.
2. Patric Taylor, “Computer in the Fashion Technology”, Om Book Service, 1997.
3. Stephen Gray “CAD / CAM in clothing and Textiles ", Gower Publishing Limited, 1998, ISBN 0-566-
07673X.
4. Compilation of papers presented at the Annual world conference Sep 26 -29, 1984
REFERENCES:
1. Hongkong, “Computers in the world of textiles ", The textile Institute ISBN: 0- 0900739-69X.
2. Winifred. Aldrich, " CAD in clothing and Textiles ", Blackwell Science 2nd edition,1992, ISBN: 0-63 -
3893 – 4
3. Jacob Solinger, “Apparel Manufacturing Handbooks ", Van no strand and Reinhold Company,
1980,ISBN:0-442-21904-0.
163
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
Web References
6. http://www.designamid.com/magazine.php?pageno=221
7. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Textile_design
8. https://www.slideshare.net/AniketSuryawanshi/sections-of-solids
9. https://www.slideshare.net/kashyapshah11/development-of-surfaces-of-solids
10. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/5085/computer-aided-textile-designing
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
3
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
2
3
-
-
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
2
-
3
2
3
3
-
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3
-
-
4
3
3
-
-
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3
2
-
5
1
3
-
-
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3
-
-
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High
164
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTT621
APPAREL DESIGN DEVELOPMENT AND SIZE FIT
ANALYSIS
L
T
P
C
Hrs
3
0
0
3
45
Course Objectives
• To describe development of children’s wear
• To describe development of Men’s wear
• To describe development of Women’s wear
• To explain Sizing system and size standardisation
• To explain the fitting and evaluation
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 - Discuss the various development of children’s wear. (K2)
CO2 - Discuss the various development of Men’s wear. (K3)
CO3 - Discuss the various development of Women’s wear. (K3)
CO4 - Illustrate the concepts of Sizing system and size standardisation. (K3)
CO5 - Illustrate fitting and evaluation of apparel. (K4)
UNIT I CHILDREN’S WEAR (9 Hrs)
Measurement required for the construction of children‘s wear, selection of thread, colour, material, trimmings
and accessories for children‘s wear, pattern making and construction procedure – baba suit, baby‘s frock,
shorts, rompers, pedal pusher, sleep suits, trouser blocks, snow suits, gathered knickers, a-line dress,
pinafore.
UNIT II MEN’S WEAR (9 Hrs)
Measurement required for the construction of men‘s wear, selection of thread, colour, material, trimmings and
accessories for men‘s wear, pattern making and construction procedure – formal trouser, (pleated and flat
front), leisure wear, boxer shorts, track suits, jean jacket, over jackets, tailored jacket with notched collar;
notched collar in an unlined jacket, dungarees, anoraks, coats, night wear, weather wear, trousers, shirts,
blazers, sizing and fit.
UNIT III WOMEN’S WEAR (9 Hrs)
Measurement required for the construction of men‘s wear, selection of thread, colour, material, trimmings and
accessories for men‘s wear, pattern making and construction – nighties, blouses, midi, skirts and tops, salwar
kameez, trousers, skirts, a-line, umbrella, 6-gore skirt, circular skirt, skirt construction, ladies blouse
construction, fashion jacket construction, ladies tailored jacket and overcoat, ladies vest, ladies jumper with all
in one facing, lined bustier, one-piece garments, outerwear, coats, fitting and grading, achieving the perfect fit
UNIT IV SIZING SYSTEMS AND SIZE STANDARDISATION (9 Hrs)
Existing sizing systems- strength and weakness, sizing system development- importance, size and shape
surveys, anthropometric analysis, size analysis, key or control measurements, developing and validating
sizing system, statistics used in sizing system development, apparel size designation and labeling,
international sizing system development, size categories in men‘s, women‘s and children‘s wear.
UNIT V METHODS OF FITTING AND EVALUATION (9 Hrs)
METHODS OF FITTING AND EVALUATION: Fit -Definition, Importance, standards, influences of clothing fit,
Methods of testing fit- fit models, fitting futures, measured methods, pinned pattern / tissue methods, trial
garment, guide to fitting problems. Alternative methods for evaluating fit-using structural line, grain line,
wrinkles, pinch test, inside measurement. Evaluating fit: subjective, objective, rating scales, subjective fitting
guide, Objective method- moiré optics, algebraic evaluation of clothing fit, clothing waveform, pressure
evaluation of clothing fit , 3D modelling of pressure fit.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Marie Clayton, ―Ultimate Sewing Bible – A Complete Rference with Step-by-Step Techniques‖,
Collins & Brown, London, 2008.
2. Laing R M and Webster J, ―Stitches and Seams‖, Textile Progress, The Textile Institute,
Manchester,1998.
3. Deepti gupta and Norsaadah Zakaria, ―Anthropometry, sizing and design‖ Textile Institute, Wood
head Publishing Limited, England, 2004.
4. FanJ, Yu W and Hunter L, ―Clothing Appearance and Fit‖, Textile Institute, Wood head Publishing
Limited, England , 2004
165
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
REFERENCES:
1. Harold Carr and Barbara Lathon, ―The Technology of Clothing Manufacture‖, Blackwell Sciences, UK,
1996.
2. Ukponmwan J O, Chatterjee K N and Mukhopadhyay A, ―Sewing Threads‖, Textile Progress Vol. 30,
The Textile Institute, Manchester, 2001.
3. Connie Amaden Crawford, ―A Guide to Fashion Sewing‖, Fairchild Publications, New York, 1999.
4. Sandra Betzina, ―Fast fit – Easy pattern alterations for every figure‖ The Taunton Press, Newtown,
USA, 2001.
Web References
1. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/7264/keeping-up-with-the-boom-in-the-kids-wear-
segment--a-basic-know-how
2. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/7562/men-on-a-shopping-spree-menswear-gets-a-
boost
3. https://www.slideshare.net/sheshir/fashion-33039857
4. https://fashionandtextiles.springeropen.com/articles/10.1186/s40691-019-0187-z
5. https://www.slideshare.net/sirleygripal/137-evaluating-garment-quality
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
2
-
3
-
2
-
-
-
-
1
2
-
-
2
1
2
2
-
3
-
2
-
-
-
-
1
2
-
-
2
1
3
2
-
3
-
2
-
-
-
-
1
2
-
-
2
1
4
2
-
3
-
2
-
-
-
-
1
2
-
-
2
1
5
2
-
3
-
2
-
-
-
-
1
2
-
-
2
1
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High
166
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTT622
ENVIRONMENT ENGINEERING AND
SUSTAINABILITY
L
T
P
C
Hrs
3
0
0
3
45
Course Objectives
• To enable students to importance and concept of sustainability
• To impart the knowledge about product and process design with focus on sustainability
• To describe importance of sustainable manufacturing of apparel and reuse and recycling in the apparel
manufacturing
• To explain Corporate Social Responsibility and mandatory certification towards sustainability.
• To explain concepts norms for technical and social compliance requirements for apparel industry in
domestic and international context.
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1: Gain knowledge importance and concept of sustainability (K2)
CO2: Understand features of product and process design with focus on sustainability (K3)
CO3: Learn about sustainable manufacturing of apparel and reuse and recycling in the apparel manufacturing
to achieve sustainability (K4)
CO4: Gain knowledge on Corporate Social Responsibility and mandatory certification towards sustainability.
(K3)
CO5: Understand the concepts norms for technical and social compliance requirements for apparel industry in
domestic and international context. (K3)
UNIT I SUSTAINABLE DESIGN (11 Hrs)
Definition of Sustainability – need for sustainability. Factors influencing sustainability. Impact of ecology,
economy, and culture on sustainability. Product Life Cycle. Product design sustainability using low - impact
materials, recyclable material content. Energy efficient product design, design for longer-lasting and better-
functioning products, product design for reuse and recycling. Assessing the product sustainability. Sustainable
fibres – organic cotton, recycled polyester, alternative sustainable fibers.
UNIT II SUSTAINABLE PROCESS DEVELOPMENT (9 Hrs)
Sustainability through Manufacturing Resource Efficiency - raw material, plant and machinery, human
resource, financial resource. Sustainable manufacture through application of alternative energy source, reuse
and recycle of energy. Sustainable process through technology innovation – application of CAD / CAM / CIM
in process innovation and improvement. Extending product life cycle through reuse and recycle of process
waste. Assessing process sustainability
UNIT III SUSTAINABLE MANUFACTURE (9 Hrs)
Sustainable elements in manufacture – cost of production, power consumption, and waste creation – process
waste and defects, operational safety and ergonomics, environmental friendliness. Sustainability in supply
chain - supplier sustainability assessment. Safe and efficient care method for apparels to increase
sustainability.
UNIT IV REUSE AND RECYCLE OF WASTE (7 Hrs)
Types of wastes in textile and apparel manufacture – material waste, human resource waste, energy waste.
Scope of reuse and recycle of waste in textile and apparel manufacture. Waste elimination at source in textile
and apparel manufacturing.
UNIT V COMPLIANCE FOR SUSTAINABILITY (9 Hrs)
Role of National and international regulating organizations in sustainability –,Worldwide Responsible
Accredited Production (WRAP). mandatory requirements – benefits to company, labour and society.
Text Books
1. Dalcacio.R, Julius.W, ‘Product Design in the Sustainable Era’, Taschen Publication. 2000
2. Cynthia.L, ‘Apparel Product Design and Merchandising Strategies’, Prentice Hall, 2007.
3. Marsha.A, Dickson, Suzanne.L, Molly.E, “Social Responsibility in the Global Apparel Industry”,
Bloomsbury Publishing Plc. 2011
4. Subramanian Senthilkannan Muthu, Miguel Angel Gardetti Sustainability in the Textile and Apparel
Industries, ISBN 978-3-030-38545-3, Springer International Publishing, 2020
Reference Books
1. Lewis, H. and Gertsakis, J. Design and Environment: A Global Guide to Designing Greener Goods,
Greenleaf Publishing, Sheffield, 2001.
2. Janet Hethorn, Connie Ulasewicz, ‘Sustainable Fashion: Why Now? A conversation exploring issues,
practices, and possibilities’, Fairchild Books, 2007.
167
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
3. Ann Paulins and Julie L. Hillery, Ethics in the Fashion Industry New York, Fairchild Books, 2009.
4. Bartlett N., Mc Gill I. and Morley N., Maximising the Reuse and Recycling of UK Clothing & Textiles,
UK: Oakdene Hollins, 2009.
5. Liz Parker and Marsha A. Dickson, ‘Sustainable Fashion: A Handbook for Educators’ Labour Behind
the Label, 2009.
Web References
1. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sustainable_fashion
2. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/8442/top-5-sustainability-trends-for-apparel-and-
fashion-industry
3. https://www.sgtgroup.net/textile-quality-management-blog/sustainable-fashion-transformation-
recycling-and-reuse
4. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/5914/environmental-compliance-in-textile-industry
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
1
-
1
-
-
3
3
-
2
-
-
2
-
1
2
2
2
-
3
-
-
3
3
-
3
-
-
2
-
1
2
3
2
-
3
-
-
3
3
-
3
-
-
2
-
2
2
4
2
-
3
-
-
3
3
-
3
-
-
2
-
2
2
5
2
-
3
-
-
3
3
-
3
-
-
2
-
2
2
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High
168
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTP613
GARMENT PROJECT PLANNING LAB
L
T
P
C
Hrs
0
0
2
1
30
Course Objectives
• To describe importance of project planning,
• To estimate the production capacity and machine requirement for the garment manufacturing processes.
• To explain formulate the project report for the garment unit.
• To explain material handling and labour compliments for the garment industry.
• To explain planning and construction of garment industry.
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 - Describe the project planning.(K4)
CO2 - Describe project planning and describe the phases of capital budgeting process.(K4)
CO3 - Estimate production capacity and machine requirement for the garment manufacturing.(K4)
CO4 - Formulate the project report for the garment unit by doing the techno economic viability.(K5)
CO5 - understand the material handling, and labour compliments for the garment units.(K4)
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Study for Selection of the product, operation breakdown and machine requirement
2. Study of different norms of garment industry
3. Study of Machinery selection and specification for particular product
4. Study of Machinery requirement according to production capacity
5. Study of Interdepartmental relationship chart for the apparel industry
6. Study of Final Layout of apparel manufacturing industry.
7. Study for Area calculation for different departments of garment industry
8. Study for site selection for the apparel industry
9. Study for Construction of building of garment industry.
10. Study of material handling equipment in apparel industry
11. Study for Estimation of labour compliment in apparel industry
12. Formulation of project report for knit goods
Reference Books:
1. Laboratory Manual prepared by the Department of Fashion Technology, 2020
2. Jacob Solinger., “Apparel Manufacturing Handbook ", Vannostrand Reinhold Company (1980).
3. Gordana Colovic, “Management of Technology Systems in the Garment Industry”, Woodhead
Publishing.
4. Bethel, Tann, Atwater and Rung, " Production Control ", McGraw Hill Book Co., New York, (1948).
5. Apple. J. M., “Plant Layout and Materials Handling ", The Ronald Press Co. New York (1950).
6. Project, Planning Analysis, Selection Implementation & Review by Prasanna Chandra, Tata McGraw
Hill Publishing Co. Ltd.,
Web References
1. https://www.textileblog.com/project-management-in-textile-and-apparel-industry/
2. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/6444/making-of-garments
3. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/5837/the-logistics-management-in-textile-industry
4. http://worldapparelstore.blogspot.com/2020/01/apparel-manufacturing-project-report.html
5. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/5551/techno-economics-of-garment-industry
169
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
2
-
3
-
2
-
-
-
1
-
3
-
-
3
1
2
2
-
3
-
2
-
-
-
2
-
3
-
-
3
1
3
2
-
3
-
2
-
-
-
2
-
3
-
-
3
1
4
2
-
3
-
2
-
-
-
2
-
3
-
-
3
1
5
2
-
3
-
2
-
-
-
3
-
3
-
-
3
1
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High
170
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTP614
CAD – CAM FOR APPARELS LAB
L
T
P
C
Hrs
0
0
2
1
45
Course Objectives
• To define the concepts of CAD-CAM and its usage in garment manufacturing.
• To understand the Computer aided pattern drafting for different apparels.
• To explain the skill of grading various apparel patterns using CAD
• To construct specification sheets for garments as per requirements
• To explain Estimate the fabric consumption.
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 Develop Computer aided pattern drafting for different apparels (K3)
CO2 Develop the skill of grading various apparel patterns using CAD (K3)
CO3 Create and manipulate efficient marker plans (K4)
CO4 Construct specification sheets for garments as per requirements (K3)
CO5 Estimate the fabric consumption (K3)
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. To understand the usage of the basic tools available for pattern making in any of the CAD software.
2. Draft the basic block using the tools available in the CAD software
3. Grade the basic block using grading tools available in CAD software
4. Measure and Check the correctness of seams in the patterns
5. To add darts/pleats/notches/folds in the patterns
6. Create marker plan for a set of patterns drafted in CAD
7. To understand the usage of the tools available in fashion designing software
8. To drape a one-piece garment on the models available with the tools available in fashion designing
software
9. To drape any party-wear garment on the models available with the tools available in fashion designing
software
10. Digitize a manually drafted pattern with the help of digitizer and grade the digitized pattern for all sizes
11. Create a mixed marker plan for all the sizes drafted/graded and plot the pattern with the plotter
12. To make a textile print (sari border / bedsheet / curtain print) with the tools available in Wonder
weaves Tex Print
Reference Books:
1. Laboratory Manual prepared by the Department of Fashion Technology, 2020
2. Winfred Aidrich, “CAD in Clothing and Textiles”, Blackwell Science Ltd., 1994.
3. Patric Taylor, “Computer in the Fashion Technology”, Om Book Service, 1997.
4. Stephen Gray “CAD / CAM in clothing and Textiles ", Gower Publishing Limited, 1998, ISBN 0-566-
07673X.
5. Compilation of papers presented at the Annual world conference Sep 26 -29, 1984
6. Hongkong, “Computers in the world of textiles ", The textile Institute ISBN: 0- 0900739-69X.
7. Winifred. Aldrich, " CAD in clothing and Textiles ", Blackwell Science 2nd edition,1992, ISBN: 0-63 -
3893 – 4
8. Jacob Solinger, “Apparel Manufacturing Handbooks ", Van no strand and Reinhold Company,
1980,ISBN:0-442-21904-0.
Web References
1. http://www.designamid.com/magazine.php?pageno=221
2. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Textile_design
3. https://www.slideshare.net/AniketSuryawanshi/sections-of-solids
4. https://www.slideshare.net/kashyapshah11/development-of-surfaces-of-solids
5. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/5085/computer-aided-textile-designing
171
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
-
3
-
-
3
-
-
-
3
2
-
-
3
3
-
2
-
3
-
-
3
-
-
-
3
2
-
-
3
3
-
3
-
3
-
-
3
-
-
-
3
2
-
-
2
2
-
4
-
2
-
-
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
2
-
5
-
-
-
-
2
-
-
-
3
2
-
-
2
2
-
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High
172
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTP615
APPAREL DESIGN DEVELOPMENT AND
SIZE FIT ANALYSIS LAB
L
T
P
C
Hrs
0
0
2
1
30
Course Objectives
• To development of children’s wear
• To development of Men’s wear
• To development of Women’s wear
• To explain prototyping of possible solutions
• To explain the products as a solution
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 - Develop Computer aided pattern drafting for different apparels (K3)
CO2 - Develop the skill of grading various apparel patterns using CAD (K3)
CO3 - Create and manipulate efficient marker plans (K4)
CO4 - Carryout ideation and prototyping of possible solutions for the developed brief. (K3)
CO5 - Develop products as a solution for the defined problems and present them visually (K3)
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Preparation of colour palette from various sources.
2. Collection of different textures
3. Develop a presentation board and a broacher highlighting your product and its features
4. Develop prototypes of possible design solution selected from the 25 ideas and document the same.
5. Develop a technical specification sheet for the final chosen design.
6. Develop a Men’s wear – Formal, casual and party wears and 3D modelling of pressure fit
7. Develop a Women’s wear – Formal, casual and party wears and 3D modelling of pressure fit
8. Develop a Kids wear – Formal, casual and party wears and 3D modelling of pressure fit
9. Collection of Indian designer ‘s profile and designs.
10. Collection of International designer ‘s profile and designs.
11. Collection of fashion accessories
12. Portfolio styles and presentation
Reference Books:
1. Laboratory Manual prepared by the Department of Fashion Technology, 2020
2. Winfred Aidrich, “CAD in Clothing and Textiles”, Blackwell Science Ltd., 1994.
3. Patric Taylor, “Computer in the Fashion Technology”, Om Book Service, 1997.
4. Stephen Gray “CAD / CAM in clothing and Textiles ", Gower Publishing Limited, 1998, ISBN 0-566-
07673X.
5. Compilation of papers presented at the Annual world conference Sep 26 -29, 1984
6. Hongkong, “Computers in the world of textiles ", The textile Institute ISBN: 0- 0900739-69X.
7. Winifred. Aldrich, " CAD in clothing and Textiles ", Blackwell Science 2nd edition,1992, ISBN: 0-63 -
3893 – 4
8. Jacob Solinger, “Apparel Manufacturing Handbooks ", Van no strand and Reinhold Company,
1980,ISBN:0-442-21904-0.
Web References
1. http://www.designamid.com/magazine.php?pageno=221
2. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Textile_design
3. https://www.slideshare.net/AniketSuryawanshi/sections-of-solids
4. https://www.slideshare.net/kashyapshah11/development-of-surfaces-of-solids
5. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/5085/computer-aided-textile-designing
173
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
-
3
-
1
3
-
-
-
3
2
-
-
3
3
-
2
-
3
-
1
3
-
-
-
3
2
-
-
3
3
-
3
-
3
-
1
3
-
-
-
3
2
-
-
2
2
-
4
-
2
-
1
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
2
-
5
-
-
-
1
2
-
-
-
3
2
-
-
2
2
-
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High
174
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTC6XX
CERTIFICATION COURSE - VI
L
T
P
C
Hrs
0
0
4
-
50
Students shall choose an International certification course offered by the reputed organizations like
Google, Microsoft, IBM, Texas Instruments, Bentley, Autodesk, Eplan and CISCO, etc. The duration of the
course is 40-50 hours specified in the curriculum, which will be offered through Centre of Excellence.
Pass /Fail will be determined on the basis of participation, attendance, performance and completion of
the course. If a candidate Fails, he/she has to repeat the course in the subsequent years. Pass in this course
is mandatory for the award of degree
175
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTS606
SKILL DEVELOPMENT COURSE 6: FOREIGN
LANGUAGE/ IELTS - II
L
T
P
C
Hrs
0
0
2
-
30
Student should choose the Foreign Language/IELTS course like Japanese/French/ Germany/IELTS, etc.
approved by the Department committee comprising of HoD, Programme Academic Coordinator, Class advisor
and language Experts. The courses are to be approved by Academic Council on the recommendation of HoD
at the beginning of the semester if necessary, subject to ratification in the next Academic council meeting.
Students have to complete the courses successfully. The Committee will monitor the progress of the student
and recommend the grade (100% Continuous Assessment pattern) based on the completion of course. The
marks attained for this course is not considered for CGPA calculation
176
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTS607
SKILL DEVELOPMENT COURSE 7
(Technical Seminar)
L
T
P
C
Hrs
0
0
2
-
30
Course Objectives
• To encourage the students to study advanced engineering developments
• To prepare and present technical reports.
• To encourage the students to use various teaching aids such as over head projectors, power point
presentation and demonstrative models.
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 - Review, prepare and present technological developments.
CO2 - Face the placement interviews.
Method of Evaluation:
• During the seminar session each student is expected to prepare and present a topic on engineering/
technology, for duration of about 20 minutes.
• In a session of three periods per week, 8 to 10 students are expected to present the seminar.
• Each student is expected to present atleast twice during the semester and the student is evaluated
based on that.
• At the end of the semester, he / she can submit a report on his / her topic of seminar and marks are
given based on the report.
• A Faculty guide is to be allotted and he / she will guide and monitor the progress of the student and
maintain attendance also.
• Evaluation is 100% internal. The marks attained for this course is not considered for CGPA calculation.
177
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTS608
SKILL DEVELOPMENT COURSE 8
( NPTEL / MOOC - I )
L
T
P
C
Hrs
0
0
2
-
30
Student should register online courses like MOOC / SWAYAM / NPTEL etc. approved by the Department
committee comprising of HoD, Programme Academic Coordinator, Class advisor and Subject Experts.
Students have to complete the relevant online courses successfully. The list of online courses is to be
approved by Academic Council on the recommendation of HoD at the beginning of the semester if necessary,
subject to ratification in the next Academic council meeting. The Committee will monitor the progress of the
student and recommend the grade (100% Continuous Assessment pattern) based on the completion of
course / marks secured in online examinations. The marks attained for this course is not considered for CGPA
calculation.
178
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTM606
ESSENCE OF INDIAN TRADITIONAL
KNOWLEDGE
L
T
P
C
Hrs
2
0
0
-
30
Course Objectives
The course will introduce the students to
• To get a knowledge in Indian Culture
• To Know Indian Languages and Literature and the fine arts in India
• To explore the Science and Scientists of Medieval and Modern India
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1- Understand philosophy of Indian culture.
CO2 -Distinguish the Indian languages and literature.
CO3 -Learn the philosophy of ancient, medieval and modern India.
CO4 - Acquire the information about the fine arts in India.
CO5 - Know the contribution of scientists of different eras.
UNIT - I Introduction to Culture:
Culture, civilization, culture and heritage, general characteristics of culture, importance of culture in human
literature, Indian Culture, Ancient India, Medieval India, Modern India
UNIT - II Indian Languages, Culture and Literature:
Indian Languages and Literature-I: the role of Sanskrit, significance of scriptures to current society, Indian
philosophies, other Sanskrit literature, literature of south India Indian Languages and Literature-II: Northern
Indian languages & literature
UNIT - III Religion and Philosophy:
Religion and Philosophy in ancient India, Religion and Philosophy in Medieval India, Religious Reform
Movements in Modern India (selected movements only)
UNIT – IV Fine Arts in India (Art, Technology& Engineering):
Indian Painting, Indian handicrafts, Music, divisions of Indian classic music, modern Indian music, Dance and
Drama, Indian Architecture (ancient, medieval and modern), Science and Technology in India, development of
science in ancient, medieval and modern India
UNIT – V Education System in India:
Education in ancient, medieval and modern India, aims of education, subjects, languages, Science and
Scientists of Ancient India, Science and Scientists of Medieval India, Scientists of Modern India
Reference Books
1. Kapil Kapoor, “Text and Interpretation: The India Tradition”,ISBN: 81246033375, 2005
2. “Science in Samskrit”, Samskrita Bharti Publisher, ISBN 13: 978-8187276333, 2007
3. NCERT, “Position paper on Arts, Music, Dance and Theatre”, ISBN 81-7450 494-X, 200
4. S. Narain, “Examinations in ancient India”, Arya Book Depot, 1993
5. Satya Prakash, “Founders of Sciences in Ancient India”, Vijay Kumar Publisher, 1989
6. M. Hiriyanna, “Essentials of Indian Philosophy”, Motilal BanarsidassPublishers, ISBN 13: 978-
8120810990, 2014
179
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTE611
APPAREL PRODUCT ENGINEERING
L
T
P
C
Hrs
3
0
0
3
45
Course Objectives
• To identify and analyze fabric, prints/embroidery, trims and sources of raw materials
• To develop branding techniques for apparels.
• To explain the product appraisal.
• To develop the prototype and control the quality of garment by using correct and effective information of
patterns and construction.
• To develop and analyze pattern making and construction skill.
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 - Identify and analyze fabric, prints/embroidery, trims and sources of raw materials. (K3)
CO2 - Develop branding techniques for apparels. (K2)
CO3 - Know the product appraisal. (K2)
CO4 - Develop the prototype and control the quality of garment by using correct and effective information of
patterns and construction(K4)
CO5 - Develop and analyze pattern making and construction skill. (K4)
UNIT I PRODUCT ENGINEERING (9 Hrs)
Objectives and Scope of product development in textiles and clothing. Performance and serviceability
concepts in textiles and apparels. Effect of changes in fibre, yarn type and fabric construction, finishing and
Trims on performance and serviceability of apparel products. Consideration of a good product design. Product
development procedure -Selection of product, Product analysis, Product design procedure- Preliminary
design, Maintainability, Reliability and Redundancy, Final design. Product life cycle.
UNIT II APPAREL PRODUCT BRANDING (9 Hrs)
Introductions, Review branding and the marketing mix, Review of brand management and brand leadership
ideas, Marketing communications overview, developing marketing and communication programs for brands,
Social Media and the branded customer Experience, Measuring brand performance, brand audit, the role of
emotion and affect in brand building, Brand extensions, Management of brand equity for long-term success.
UNIT III PRODUCT APPRAISAL (9 Hrs)
Functional, aesthetic, Manufacturing and economic analysis, Market Research, Material Research, Equipment
and process research
UNIT IV TRIMS USED AND DEVELOPMENT OF SPECIFICATION SHEET (9 Hrs)
Thread: Cotton/blend/nylon, count, color, brand etc. Button: Thermoplastic/metallic/MOP, button size etc.,
Interlining: Fusible /Non‐Fusible, Type of base fabric used, Type of Resin used etc., Zipper: Nylon/metallic,
Teeth size, type slider etc. Label : Printed/ Woven, no. of color used, etc.
UNIT V SIMULATION OF SPECIFIED PROPERTIES OR SPECIFICATION (9 Hrs)
Color fastness and strength test of sewing thread, loop test and flexural rigidity test of sewing thread,
Breakage and melting point test of buttons, strength and bending test of zipper, Elastomeric
(ZWICK/INSTRON)) test of Elastic similar analysis and tests of any other trim used in the trims.
Development of Measurement Specification Chart with Flat Sketch and with important Construction Details
Development of Flow Process Chart with Stitch Type, Seam Diagram and M/C details Development of Pattern
Construction of Prototype. Determination of CMT
Text Books
1. Handbook of Textile Design: Principles, Processes, and Practice by Jacquie Wilson,
Paperback Publications, ISBN: 978-0849313127
2. The Design Logic of Textile Products by Tsuyoshi Matsuo, Paperback Publications,
ISBN: 978-1870372015
3. Engineering Design by George E. Dieter , Linda C. Schmidt 4th Edition, Paperback
Publications, ISBN: 9781259064852
4. Total Quality Management by Dale H. Besterfield, Carol Besterfield-Michna, Glen H.
Besterfield, Mary Besterfield-Sacre, Hermant Urdhwareshe, Rashmi
5. Urdhwareshe, Pearson Education India, ISBN :9788131732274
180
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
6. Proceedings of the Seminar – Non woven Technology, Market and Product Potential,
IIT, New Delhi, December 2006
7. Juran’s Quality Handbook by Joseph M. Juran, Blanton Godfrey, Robert E. Hoogstoel,
Edward G. Schilling, fifth edition, McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. ISBN 0-07-034003-X
Reference Books
1. Jacob Solinger., “Apparel Manufacturing Handbook ", Vannostrand Reinhold Company (1980).
2. Gordana Colovic, “Management of Technology Systems in the Garment Industry”, Woodhead
Publishing.
Web References
1. https://apparelresources.com/business-news/manufacturing/ie-in-apparel-manufacturing-xii/
2. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/3768/brand-building-in-the-apparel-industry
3. https://www.slideshare.net/garymobile15/apparel-designer-performance-appraisal
4. https://www.onlineclothingstudy.com/2018/02/apparel-product-specification-sheet-and.html
5. https://apparelresources.com/technology-news/manufacturing-tech/3d-garment-simulation/
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
1
-
3
-
-
3
3
-
2
-
-
2
-
1
2
2
2
-
3
-
-
3
3
-
3
-
-
2
-
1
2
3
2
-
3
-
-
3
3
-
3
-
-
2
-
2
2
4
2
-
3
-
-
3
3
-
3
-
-
2
-
2
2
5
2
-
3
-
-
3
3
-
3
-
-
2
-
2
2
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High
181
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTE612
ADVANCES IN GARMENT FINISHING
L
T
P
C
Hrs
3
0
0
3
45
Course Objectives
• Ability to describe working principle & procedure of machines used in garment industry.
• Ability to Summarize the various specialty finishes used in garment industry
• Ability to compare the effects given to garment by various wash down processes
• To describe the effect of fibre characteristics, water, detergent, stain removal, laundry and dry-cleaning
process on apparel.
• To analyse the effect on colour fastness to various agencies like washing, rubbing, etc. on garments in
concern with care labels
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 - Describe working principle & procedure of machines used in garment industry. (K4)
CO2 - Summarize the various specialty finishes used in garment industry(K3)
CO3 - Summarize to compare the effects given to garment by various wash down processes (K4)
CO4 - Explain effect of fibre characteristics, water, detergent, stain removal, laundry and dry cleaning process
on apparel. (K2)
CO5 - Describe the effect on colour fastness to various agencies like washing, rubbing, etc. on garments in
concern with care labels(K3)
UNIT I APPAREL FINISHING (9Hrs)
Introduction – Objects of finishing, Importance of finishing, classification of finishes, Difference between
finishing of woven fabric, Knit goods, and Readymade garments. Finishing machinery such as stenter,
compressive shrinkage range, calendar, drum washing machine, hydro extractor, Tumble drier.
Resin Finishing – Mechanism of resin finishing, concept of anti-crease, wash-n-wear and durable press
finish. Finishing of Synthetic Materials – Heat setting and weight reduction of polyester
UNIT II FUNCTIONAL FINISHES FOR GARMENTS (9Hrs)
Concept of garment finishing, Difference between pre-garment stage and readymade garment stage finishing,
Anti-static finish, antimicrobial finish, flame retardant finish, various softening and stiffening treatments, water
repellent finish, water resistant breathable finish, Bio polishing, etc.
UNIT III WASH DOWN EFFECTS ON DENIM (9Hrs)
Regular wash, Bleach wash, Stone Wash, Enzyme Wash, Combined enzyme and stone wash, Sand Blasting,
Monkey Wash, Grinding, Whiskering, Ozone Fading, Acid wash.
UNIT IV CONCEPT OF WOVEN AND KNIT CLOTHING CARE (9Hrs)
Characteristics of various textile fibers, Introduction to laundry process, Laundering and dry cleaning process
for garment, various laundry agents like soap, detergent, bleaching agent, optical whitening agents, stiffeners,
softeners, Nature and classification of stains, Principle and classification of stain removals, Common stains
and their removal
UNIT V CARE LABELS AND ENVIRONMENTAL ASPECTS(9Hrs)
Importance of care label. Various systems of care labeling, instructions for washing, drying, ironing, dry
cleaning and bleaching.
Concept of banned dyes, formaldehyde, PCP, pesticides, heavy metals, their eco-norms and eco-label.
Text Books:
1. Garment Finishing and Care Labelling by S.S.Satsangi, Usha Publishers,53-B/AC-IV, Shalimar Bagh,
New Delhi.
2. Stain Removing Techniques byS.S.Satsangi, Usha Publishers,53-B/AC-IV, Shalimar Bagh, New Delhi.
3. Know All About Denim by Dinkar Mahajan Publishers Private Limited, Ahmadabad.
4. Denim - Manufacture, Finishing and Applications, Edited by Roshan Paul, Woodhead Publishing Series
in Textiles
5. Fabric Care by Noemia D’ Souza, New Age International Publications
6. Introduction to Clothing Production Management, by Chutler A J, Blackwell science, UK, 1998
Reference Books:
1. AATCC Technical Manual 2007
182
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
2. Textile Finishing,edited by Derek Heywood, Society of Dyers and Colourists
Web References
1. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/1709/impact-of-textiles-and-clothing-industry-on-
environment-approach-towards-eco-friendly-textiles
2. https://www.slideshare.net/sheshir/denim-washing-34238420
3. https://www.slideshare.net/nabaneeta1997/functional-finishes-of-garments
4. https://revolutionfabrics.com/blogs/gotcha-covered/when-to-choose-a-woven-fabric-over-a-knit-fabric
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
2
-
3
-
-
3
-
-
-
-
-
2
2
3
-
2
2
1
3
-
-
3
-
-
-
-
-
2
2
3
-
3
-
1
3
-
-
3
3
-
-
-
-
2
2
3
-
4
-
-
3
-
-
3
-
-
-
-
2
2
3
-
5
-
1
3
3
-
3
3
2
-
-
3
2
2
3
-
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
183
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTE613
FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOSCIENCE
L
T
P
C
Hrs
3
0
0
3
45
Course Objectives
•
To acquire knowledge in nano science.
•
To learn the basic of nano material preparation.
•
To learn how to design nano material.
•
To acquire knowledge in characterise and technics of nano materials.
•
To develop the application of nano material
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 - Will familiarize about the science of nanomaterials. (K2)
CO2 -Will demonstrate the preparation of nanomaterials. (K1)
CO3 - Illustrate the concepts of design of nano materials. (K3)
CO4 - Will develop knowledge in characteristic nanomaterial. (K2)
CO5 - Will demonstrate the application of nano materials. (K4)
UNIT I INTRODUCTION (8 Hrs)
Nanoscale Science and Technology- Implications for Physics, Chemistry, Biology and Engineering-
Classifications of nanostructured materials- nano particles- quantum dots, nano wires ultra – thin films – multi
layered materials. Length Scales involved and effect on properties: Mechanical, Electronic, Optical, Magnetic
and Thermal properties. Introduction to
properties and motivation for study (qualitative only).
UNIT II GENERAL METHODS OF PREPARATION (9Hrs)
Bottom-up Synthesis-Top-down Approach: Co-Precipitation, Ultrasonication, Mechanical Milling, Colloidal
routes, Self-assembly, Vapour phase deposition, MOCVD, Sputtering, Evaporation, Molecular Beam Epitaxy,
Atomic Layer Epitaxy, MOMBE.
UNIT III NANOMATERIALS (12 Hrs)
Nanoforms of Carbon - Buckminster fullerene- graphene and carbon nanotube, Single wall carbon Nanotubes
(SWCNT) and Multi wall carbon nanotubes (MWCNT)- methods of synthesis(arcgrowth, laser ablation, CVD
routes, Plasma CVD), structure-property Relationships applications- Nanometal oxides-ZnO, TiO2,MgO,
ZrO2, NiO, nanoalumina, CaO, AgTiO2, Ferrites, Nanoclaysfunctionalization and applications-Quantum wires,
Quantum dots-preparation, properties and applications.
UNIT IV CHARACTERIZATION TECHNIQUES (9Hrs)
X-ray diffraction technique, Scanning Electron Microscopy - environmental techniques, Transmission Electron
Microscopy including high-resolution imaging, Surface Analysis techniques- AFM, SPM, STM, SNOM, ESCA,
SIMS-Nanoindentation.
UNIT V APPLICATIONS (7Hrs)
NanoInfoTech: Information storage- nanocomputer, molecular switch, super chip, nanocrystal,
Nanobiotechlogy: nanoprobes in medical diagnostics and biotechnology, Nano medicines, Targetted drug
delivery, Bioimaging - Micro Electro Mechanical Systems (MEMS), Nano Electro Mechanical Systems
(NEMS)- Nanosensors, nano crystalline silver for bacterial inhibition, Nanoparticles for sunbarrier products - In
Photostat, printing, solar cell, battery.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. A.S. Edelstein and R.C. Cammearata, eds., “Nanomaterials: Synthesis, Properties and Applications”,
Institute of Physics Publishing, Bristol and Philadelphia, 1996.
2. N John Dinardo, “Nanoscale Charecterisation of surfaces & Interfaces”, 2nd edition Weinheim
Cambridge, Wiley-VCH, 2000.
REFERENCES:
1. G Timp, “Nanotechnology”, AIP press/Springer, 1999.
2. Akhlesh Lakhtakia,“The Hand Book of Nano Technology, Nanometer Structure, Theory,
Modeling and Simulations”. Prentice-Hall of India (P) Ltd, New Delhi, 2007.
Web References
184
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
1. https://www.worldscientific.com/worldscibooks/10.1142/8433
2. https://www.worldscientific.com/worldscibooks/10.1142/8433
3. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Characterization_of_nanoparticles
4. https://www.niehs.nih.gov/health/topics/agents/sya-nano/index.cfm
5. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Applications_of_nanotechnology
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
3
2
2
-
2
-
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
-
2
3
2
2
-
2
-
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
-
3
3
2
2
-
2
-
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
-
4
3
2
2
-
2
-
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
-
5
3
2
2
-
2
-
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
-
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
185
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTE614
DENIM GARMENT MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY
L
T
P
C
Hrs
3
0
0
3
45
Course Objectives
•
To acquire denim fabrics.
•
To enable the students analyze designs in denim fabrics and garments
•
To acquire denim dyeing and finishing
•
To enable the student’s denim garment techniques
•
To enable the student’s various denim washing
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 - Acquire knowledge on fabrics(K1)
CO1 -Acquire knowledge on designs in denim fabrics and garments (K2)
CO1 -Explain denim dyeing processes and the final finishes achieved in them. (K2)
CO1 -Will knowledge on Denim garment techniques(K3)
CO1 -Explain washing treatments for denim fabrics and denim garments. (K3)
UNIT I DENIM ( 7 Hrs)
DENIM: Overview of denim production, market potential, product ranges, manufacturers & brands
UNIT II YARNS AND FABRICS FOR DENIM ( 9 Hrs)
YARNS AND FABRICS FOR DENIM: Yarn: characteristics, pre-requisites, quality requirements, spinning,
yarn dyeing and sizing. Lycra: properties, yarn parameters influencing denim manufacturing. Fabric:
characteristics, types, fabric parameters, factors influencing denim manufacturing, fabric faults, manufacture
of lycra denim, knit denims
UNIT III DENIM PROCESSING (9 hrs)
Dyes: properties and characteristics, conditions, requirements for dyeing & chemistry of dyeing, Machineries:
Types of machines, process variables and parameters, factors influencing dyeing. Precautions &
developments, assessment of dyed fabrics, processing parameters influencing knitted denims, problems and
troubleshooting. Finishing: permanent press, preshrinking, integrated finishing and shrinking range,
sanforizing, pre-drying, ammoniation & skewing. Coating and embossing techniques for denims.
UNIT IV DENIM GARMENTING (8 Hrs)
Men‘s wear, women‘s wear, children‘s wear, style variations, construction sequence, sewing parameters,
machineries used, special attachments, sewing threads, seam & stitch parameters, trims, accessories, size &
fit requirements, care labelling.
UNIT V DENIM WASHING (12 Hrs)
Process conditions, machineries, chemicals used for special effects - pumice stones, acid and enzyme wash,
denim bleaching, biopolishing & biostoning, sand blasting, PP spray, grinding, whiskering, ozone and laser
fading
UNCONVENTIONAL DENIMS: Tinted denim, over dyed denim, reverse denim, pseudo denim, stretch denim,
peach skin effect, quick wash denim, vintage wash, enzyme- soda wash, dextrose- caustic wash, sueding
wash, golf ball wash, tie ‗n‘ wash, marble wash and crush finish
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Parmar M S, Satsangi S S & Jai Prakash, ―Denim – A fabric for all‖, NITRA Publications, 1996.
2. Li Y, ―Denim Apparel Design, Manufacture and Finishing‖, CRC Press, 2005.
REFERENCES:
1. Michael Harris, ―Jeans of the Old West- A History‖, 2010.
2. Graham Marsh, Paul Trynka & June Marsh, ―Denim: From Cowboys to Catwalks: A History of the
World's Most Legendary Fabric‖, Samurai Publications, 2005.
3. Emily Current & Meritt Elliott, ―A Denim Story- Inspirations from bellbottoms to boyfriends, Fairchild
Publications, 2014.
Web References
1. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Denim
186
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
2. https://www.textileschool.com/298/denim-fabrics/
3. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/6835/denim-processing
4. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/3219/denim-in-the-perspective-of-a-fashion-garment
5. https://garmentsmerchandising.com/flow-chart-of-denim-washing-process/
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
2
1
3
-
-
-
2
-
-
-
-
1
-
2
1
2
2
2
3
-
-
-
2
-
-
-
-
1
-
2
1
3
2
2
3
-
-
-
2
-
-
-
-
1
-
2
1
4
2
2
3
-
-
-
2
-
-
-
-
1
-
2
1
5
2
2
3
-
-
-
2
-
-
-
-
1
-
2
1
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
187
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20FTE615
HOME TEXTILES IN FASHION
L
T
P
C
Hrs
3
0
0
3
45
Course Objectives
• To explain textiles for seating, its application and its scope.
• To describe bed textiles with its types.
• Classify various types of window textile, towels and kitchen textiles
• To describe manufacturing processes of floor covering
• To describe finishes and test evaluation for home textiles
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 - Explain textiles for seating, its application and its scope. (K2)
CO2 - Describe bed textiles with its types (K3)
CO3 - Classify various types of window textile, towels and kitchen textiles. (K3)
CO4 - Describe manufacturing processes of floor covering. (K2)
CO5 - Describe finishes and test evaluation for home textiles. (K4)
UNIT I TEXTILE FOR SEATING (9 Hrs)
Upholstery fabrics for domestic applications – scope, fixed upholstery, non-stretch loose covers, stretch
covers. Upholstery fabrics for contract use – general, automotive applications, Commercial applications.
UNIT II BED TEXTILES (9 Hrs)
Sheets & Pillow Cases, Quilted Textile, Blankets & Rugs - Jacquard blankets, Printed blankets, Fire proof
blankets, Baby blankets. Bed Spreads, Mattress covers, (Ticking), Table Textiles – Tablecloths – Colour –
Woven & Printed type, jacquard types, embroidered types, non-woven types. Table mats – Colour -woven,
Printed jacquard, embroidered.
UNIT III WINDOW TEXTILES (12 Hrs)
Sun filters (Sheers and nets), Semi-sheers, Reflective textiles, curtain fabrics & drapes, Blinds.Fabrics for
Wall Covering, Textile Art – Tapestries, Wall hangings, Textiles for screens & Room Dividers
Towels: - Types of towels, Bath robes, Beech Towels, Kitchen Towels, Terry towels, Napkins - Construction,
weave, pile height, patterning, production, dyeing, finishing, etc. Bathroom Textiles - General shower curtains,
Terry Towelling, Kitchen Textiles:-Aprons, Dish cloth, Teacosy, Bread bag, Mittens, Pot Holders, Table Mats –
Construction & manufacturing details.
UNIT IV TEXTILE FLOOR COVERINGS (6 Hrs)
Introduction, Pile Fibres, Backing fibres & fabrics – Tufted carpets, woven carpet. Woven Carpet Manufacture,
Aximinster, Tufted Carpet Manufacture – Needling machinery textured & patterned needle felts, thermo-
bonded products. Unconventional methods for making carpets – Bonding, knitted carpet, stitch bonding,
flocking
UNIT V FINISHES AND EVALUATION IN HOME TEXTILES (9 Hrs)
Introduction, protection against unpleasant adour, temperature regulated beddings, Antimicrobial finish,
Moisture management finish, Towel finishing, Nanotechnology based home textiles enhancements.,
Introduction, Test Method for towels, rug and Home textiles
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Brian. D Colemen, "Luxurious Home Interiors‖, Gibbs Smith Publication, Hong Kong, 2004.
2. Premavathy Seetharaman and Parveen Pannu, ―Interior Design and Decoration‖, CBS Publishers
and Distributors, New Delhi, India, 2005.
3. Jay Diamond and Ellen Diamond, ―Fashion Apparel, Accessories and Home Furnishings‖, Prentice
Hall, New Delhi,2007.
4. Charles Randall and Sharon Templeaton, "Dream Windows", Randall International Orange, California,
2003.
5. Katrin Cargill, ―Simple Curtains‖, Ryland Peters and Small, London, 2002.
6. Wendy Baker, ―Curtain and Fabric Selector‖, Collins and Brown, London, 2000.
188
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
REFERENCES:
1. Textile Floor coverings by G.H. Crawshaw, Textile Progress, Vol.9, No.2, The Textile Inst. Publisher
2. Interior Furnishings, Textile Progress, Vol.11, No.1, By Mortimer O.Shea, The Textile Inst. Publication
3. Performance of Home Textiles, Subrata Das, Woodhead Publications India Pvt Ltd
4. Carpets: Back to Front, Textile Progress, Vol.19, No.3 by – L Cegielka MA, The Textile Inst.
Publication
5. Grosicki Z., Advanced Textile Design & Colour. Blackwell Science, Commerce place.
Web References
1. https://technicaltextile.net/articles/upholstery-in-automobiles-3100
2. https://byzara.com/en/portfolio/bedroom-textiles/
3. https://www.standardtextile.com/products/window-treatments/
4. https://study.com/academy/lesson/textile-floor-covering-standards.html
5. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/7150/special-finishes-for-functional-home-textiles
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
3
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
-
2
3
2
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
-
3
3
2
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
-
4
3
2
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
-
5
3
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
-
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
189
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
U20MCO601
INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION FOR TEXTILE
L
T
P
C
Hrs
3
0
0
3
45
Course Objectives
• To define the concepts of automation in fabric inspection.
• To explain the developments in spreading and cutting.
• To Understand the developments in sewing and finishing machines used in apparel industries
• To explain the developments in material handling
• To explain the robotics and its application in apparel industry.
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 - Acquire knowledge in automation in fabric inspection (K1)
CO2 - Discuss the developments in spreading and cutting (K4)
CO3 - Understand the developments in sewing and finishing machines used in apparel industries (K2)
CO4 - Acquire knowledge in the developments in material handling (K1)
CO5 - Acquire knowledge on robotics and its application in apparel industry(K1)
UNIT I AUTOMATION IN FABRIC INSPECTION (9 Hrs)
Definition – importance and role of automation in apparel industry. Principles of automatic fabric inspection
and defect checking. Machine vision system – image acquisition, feature enhancement; Image segmentation
– feature extraction, image understanding.
UNIT II AUTOMATION IN SPREADING AND CUTTING (9 Hrs)
Spreading- types, requirements of spreading. Automated elements in spreading machines. Cutting – types,
requirements of cutting. Automated elements in cutting of textile materials – water jet, laser and plasma and
computerized cutting machine.
UNIT III AUTOMATION IN SEWING AND FINISHING (9 Hrs)
Advanced sewing – Automatic placket feeder – Automatic pocket maker – Auto button sewer – Electronic
sewing machines – Automation in special sewing machines- bar tack, button holing and button fixing.
Advanced garment finishing, folding and packing machines – CNC pressing machines.
UNIT IV AUTOMATION IN MATERIAL HANDLING (9 Hrs)
Types of equipment- Automated storage and retrieval systems- Overview of conceptions of “Work Robots”
and “Manipulators”. Conveyor systems – Unit production systems. Ply separation; Transportation - position
and orientation, pick and place – clamping grippers and pinch grippers.
UNIT V ROBOTICS IN APPAREL INDUSTRY (9 Hrs)
Robotics in spreading and cutting; Robotics in sewing – double lock stitching, one side stitching, Tufting;
Robotics for material handling; Robots as 2D and 3D folding machines; Robot control and simulation. Return
on investment on automation.
Text Books:
1. Berkstresser, G.A. & Buchanan, E.M., Automation and Robotics in the Textile and Apparel Industries,
Noyes Publications, 1986.
2. M.G.Mahadevan, “Textile Robotics and Automation”, Abhishek Publications, Chandigarh, 2001.
3. A.Gordan, et al., “Automation and Robotics in the Textile and Apparel Industries (Textile series)”,
Noyes Publication, UK, 1986.
4. G.A.Berkstresser, “Automation in the Textile Industry: From Fibers to Apparel”, 1st Edition, Technomic
Publishing Co., Inc, UK, 1995.
Reference Books:
1. M.Acar, “Mechatronic Design in Textile Engineering”, NATO Science Series, 1st edition, Springer,
USA, 1994.
2. Carr, H. and Latham, B., ‘The Technology of Clothing Manufacture’, Wiley-Blackwell, 2009.
3. Relis, N. & Strauss, G, ‘Sewing for Fashion Design’, Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall, 1997.
4. Stylios G, ‘Textile Objective Measurement and Automation in Garment Manufacture’ Ellis Horwood
Ltd., U.K., 1991
5. Solinger, J, ‘Apparel Manufacturing Handbook’, 2nd Ed., Van Nostrand Reinhold, New York, 1995
6. Crum, R.J, ‘Methods of Joining Fabrics’, Shirley Institute, 1983.
7. V.Jayakumar, “ Applied Hydraulics & Pneumatics”, Lakshmi Publications, Chennai, June 2010.
8. Tain kok Kiong, Andi Sudjana Putra “ Drives and Control for Industrial Automation”, Springer – Verlag
London Limited 2011.
190
Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
9. Dave Polka, “Motors and Drives – A Practical Technology Guide”, ISA – The Instrumentation Systems
and Automation Society, 2003
10. P. Khanna, “Industrial Engineering and Management”, Dhanpat. Rai Publications, New Delhi, 1999.
Web References
1. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/7252/automated-fabric-inspection-used-in-garment-
industry
2. https://www.textileworld.com/textile-world/features/2020/03/automated-cutting-sewing-developments/
3. https://www.textileblog.com/automation-and-robotic-in-sewing-technology/
4. https://galecia.com/content/automated-materials-handling
5. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/7183/use-of-robots-automation-in-the-garment-industry
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
COs
Program Outcomes (POs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
PSO1
PSO2
PSO3
1
3
-
-
-
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3
-
2
-
-
-
-
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3
-
3
-
-
-
-
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
4
-
-
-
-
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
5
-
-
-
-
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High
